WO2019174641A1 - Display device - Google Patents

Display device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2019174641A1
WO2019174641A1 PCT/CN2019/078371 CN2019078371W WO2019174641A1 WO 2019174641 A1 WO2019174641 A1 WO 2019174641A1 CN 2019078371 W CN2019078371 W CN 2019078371W WO 2019174641 A1 WO2019174641 A1 WO 2019174641A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
user
application
interface
user interface
graphical element
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2019/078371
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
李巧眉
陈红军
Original Assignee
聚好看科技股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 聚好看科技股份有限公司 filed Critical 聚好看科技股份有限公司
Publication of WO2019174641A1 publication Critical patent/WO2019174641A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/40Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/47End-user applications
    • H04N21/485End-user interface for client configuration
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/40Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/43Processing of content or additional data, e.g. demultiplexing additional data from a digital video stream; Elementary client operations, e.g. monitoring of home network or synchronising decoder's clock; Client middleware
    • H04N21/431Generation of visual interfaces for content selection or interaction; Content or additional data rendering
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/40Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/43Processing of content or additional data, e.g. demultiplexing additional data from a digital video stream; Elementary client operations, e.g. monitoring of home network or synchronising decoder's clock; Client middleware
    • H04N21/436Interfacing a local distribution network, e.g. communicating with another STB or one or more peripheral devices inside the home
    • H04N21/43615Interfacing a Home Network, e.g. for connecting the client to a plurality of peripherals
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/40Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/43Processing of content or additional data, e.g. demultiplexing additional data from a digital video stream; Elementary client operations, e.g. monitoring of home network or synchronising decoder's clock; Client middleware
    • H04N21/436Interfacing a local distribution network, e.g. communicating with another STB or one or more peripheral devices inside the home
    • H04N21/4363Adapting the video stream to a specific local network, e.g. a Bluetooth® network
    • H04N21/43637Adapting the video stream to a specific local network, e.g. a Bluetooth® network involving a wireless protocol, e.g. Bluetooth, RF or wireless LAN [IEEE 802.11]
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/40Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/43Processing of content or additional data, e.g. demultiplexing additional data from a digital video stream; Elementary client operations, e.g. monitoring of home network or synchronising decoder's clock; Client middleware
    • H04N21/443OS processes, e.g. booting an STB, implementing a Java virtual machine in an STB or power management in an STB
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/40Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/43Processing of content or additional data, e.g. demultiplexing additional data from a digital video stream; Elementary client operations, e.g. monitoring of home network or synchronising decoder's clock; Client middleware
    • H04N21/443OS processes, e.g. booting an STB, implementing a Java virtual machine in an STB or power management in an STB
    • H04N21/4438Window management, e.g. event handling following interaction with the user interface
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/40Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/47End-user applications
    • H04N21/482End-user interface for program selection

Definitions

  • the present application relates to a display receiving terminal, and more particularly to a smart television and a method for facilitating browsing of application installation progress in a display device.
  • Smart TVs generally focus on online interactive media, Internet TV and on-demand streaming media, rather than traditional broadcast media. It can provide users with richer content and services, and TV manufacturers are committed to developing convenient functions that are easy for users to use to enhance the experience of using the product.
  • the present application is directed to providing a smart television that meets the needs of a more intuitive user interface and seamless user interaction functionality.
  • This content addresses these improved functional requirements through its various aspects, examples, and/or configurations.
  • the present disclosure has been described in terms of exemplary embodiments, it is understood that the claims may be This content can provide a number of advantages, depending on the particular aspect, instance, and/or configuration.
  • the present application provides a display method of a display device, where associated information related to a size of an application installation package acquired by the display device access is displayed on a user interface of the display device, and the related information is A graphical element is presented on the user interface, the user interface further comprising a second graphical element and a third graphical element that are selectable in relation to the first graphical element, the second graphical element And the third graphical element indicating different options of the first graphical element; monitoring operations on the second graphical element and the third graphical element; responsive to the second graphical element Selecting, updating the user interface as a display interface, where the display interface includes an installation progress of an application corresponding to the application installation package, where the installation of the application is a silent installation; and responding to the third graphical element Selecting to stop displaying the first graphical element in the user interface.
  • determining whether the size of the application installation package matches a preset parameter in the display device and in response to the size of the application installation package matching the preset parameter, the user interface is pushed out at the user interface a second graphical element and the third graphical element.
  • the monitoring the operations on the second graphical element and the third graphical element comprises monitoring movement of a focus on respective graphical elements of the user interface.
  • the installation progress is displayed on the user interface with a visual indication.
  • a plurality of graphical elements are displayed at a user interface of the display device, the plurality of graphical elements indicating a plurality of recommended applications.
  • the access network acquires overview information of the application installation package corresponding to the one application, where the overview information includes the application installation package Associated information associated with size.
  • a preset dynamic image is displayed on the display interface.
  • the present application provides a display device including a display screen, a memory, and a processor.
  • the display screen is configured to present a user interface;
  • the memory is configured to store computer instructions and data associated with the display screen;
  • the processor is configured to execute the computer instructions to cause the display device to execute.
  • the association information associated with the size of the application installation package obtained by the display device access is displayed on a user interface of the display device, where the association information is presented on the user interface by using a first graphical element.
  • the user interface further includes a second graphical element and a third graphical element that are selectable related to the first graphical element, the second graphical element and the third graphical element indicating the a different option of a graphical element; monitoring operation of the second graphical element and the third graphical element; updating the user interface as a presentation interface in response to selection of the second graphical element,
  • the display interface includes an installation progress of an application corresponding to the application installation package, where the installation of the application is a silent installation; in response to the selection of the third graphical element, stopping the display in the user interface
  • the first graphical element is described.
  • the processor is further configured to execute the computer instruction to cause the display device to perform: determining whether a size of the application installation package matches a preset parameter in the display device, in response to the application The size of the installation package matches the preset parameters at which the second graphical element and the third graphical element are pushed out.
  • the processor monitoring the operation of the second graphical element and the third graphical element is performed by monitoring movement of a focus on respective graphical elements of the user interface.
  • the processor is further configured to execute the computer instructions to cause the display device to perform: presenting the installation progress on the user interface with a visual indication.
  • the processor is further configured to execute the computer instructions to cause the display device to perform: displaying a plurality of graphical elements at a user interface of the display device, the plurality of graphical elements indicating a plurality of recommendations Applications.
  • the processor is further configured to execute the computer instruction to cause the display device to perform: in response to selection of one of the plurality of recommended applications, accessing a network to obtain a corresponding one of the applications An overview information of an application installation package, wherein the overview information includes association information associated with the application installation package size.
  • the processor is further configured to execute the computer instructions to cause the display device to perform: displaying a preset dynamic image on the display interface.
  • the present application further provides a machine readable non-volatile storage medium having stored thereon computer instructions that, when executed by a processor, implement the method of any of the first aspects method.
  • Figure 1A is a first view of an environment or smart TV instance
  • Figure 1B is a second view of an environment or smart TV instance
  • Figure 2 is a first view of an example of a smart TV
  • Figure 3 is a block diagram of an example of a smart television hardware
  • FIG. 4 is a block diagram of an example of a smart television software and/or firmware
  • Figure 5 is a second block diagram of an example of a smart television software and/or firmware
  • Figure 6 is a third block diagram of an example of a smart TV software and/or firmware
  • Figure 7 is a block diagram of an example of a content real data service
  • Figure 8 is a front elevational view of an example of a smart television screen
  • Figure 9 is an intuitive image example of a user interface for a content/silk selector
  • Figure 10 is an exemplary C/S communication framework
  • 11 is an exemplary cloud service platform
  • Figure 12a shows an example GUI of merchandise details in a purchasing application
  • Figure 12b is a message prompting box displayed on the upper layer of the product detail GUI in the lower shelf state of the present article
  • Figure 12c is a message prompt box displayed on the upper layer of the commodity detail GUI in the out-of-stock state of the example;
  • Figure 12d shows the "coupon" recommendation bit displayed in the item details GUI of the embodiment
  • Figure 12e-1 is another example GUI displayed on the merchandise detail GUI after triggering the "coupon" recommendation bit
  • Figure 12e-2 is a tick symbol selected by the thumbnail of Figure 12e-1;
  • Figure 12f shows a GUI example displayed above the item details GUI after triggering the "Buy Now” recommendation bit
  • Figure 12g is an example of a message prompt box displayed on the merchandise detail GUI after triggering the "de-settlement" recommendation bit in Figure 12f;
  • Figure 12h is another example GUI displayed after the "de-settlement" recommendation bit in Figure 12f;
  • Figure 12i is a product order GUI generated after purchasing a virtual commodity
  • Figure 13a is a message prompt box displayed on the upper layer of the large image GUI in the selected state of the top page;
  • Figure 13b is a message prompt box displayed on the upper layer of the large image GUI when the last page is selected;
  • Figure 13c is a display state of the message prompt box in Figure 13b on the product detail GUI;
  • FIG. 14a is an example of binding a mobile phone and a television through a two-dimensional code
  • Figure 14b is a login webpage switched from the webpage in Figure 14a to the embodiment
  • Figure 14c is a home page of the embodiment of the present invention for switching from the landing page in Figure 14b;
  • Figure 14d is a page of the embodiment switched from the top page of the article in Figure 14c;
  • Figure 14e is a product detail page switched from the page of Figure 14c in the embodiment.
  • Figure 14f is a pop-up window that triggers the display of the "Buy Now" control in Figure 14e;
  • Figure 14g is a product order page switched after clicking the "continue to buy" control in the pop-up window of the embodiment
  • Figure 14h is a popup window displayed after the "Submit Order" control is triggered in Figure 14g in the embodiment;
  • Figure 15 is another embodiment of switching from the merchandise order page to the payment pagination in Figure 14g;
  • Figure 16 is another embodiment of switching from the product details page of Figure 14e to the prompt page;
  • Figure 17a is a product detail page showing a current model in another embodiment
  • Figure 17b is a machine model page to which the product details page of Figure 17a is switched;
  • FIG. 18a is an example of an application homepage in which an application management application focuses on an "application" channel;
  • FIG. 18b is a prompt content displayed on the upper layer after triggering the recommended bit in the application homepage
  • Figure 18c shows the installation progress of the upper layer display of the homepage after the recommendation bit in Fig. 18b is triggered again;
  • Figure 19 is a third-party application details GUI displayed after the silent installation ends
  • Figure 20a is a diagram showing the presentation content on the upper layer of the application homepage in another embodiment
  • Figure 20b is a display prompt content of a layer above the recommended position corner position in another embodiment
  • FIG. 20c is another embodiment of the upper layer of the recommended position to display the prompt content
  • 21a is an example of processing for identifying attribute content in web content received from a shopping application
  • FIG. 21b is a process example of displaying a prompt state on the upper layer of the user interface based on the selected state of the attribute content
  • 22-23 are examples of processing for displaying prompt content based on matching network content and local preset parameters
  • the term “if” can be interpreted to mean “when” or “on” or “in response to determining” or “in response to detecting.”
  • the phrase “if determined” or “if a condition or event is stated” can be interpreted to mean “once determined” or “in response to a determination” or “once detected [stated condition or Event]” or “in response to detecting [Stated Condition or Event]”.
  • web TV is the original television content broadcast over the World Wide Web.
  • Major web TV distributors include YouTube, Myspace, Newgrounds, Blip.tv and Crackle.
  • Internet TV also known as Internet TV, online TV
  • Internet TV is a digital distribution of television content over the Internet.
  • Internet TV should not be confused with web TV and Internet Protocol Television (IPTV), which is a short program or video created by various companies and individuals.
  • IPTV Internet Protocol Television
  • Internet Protocol TV is an emerging Internet technology standard used by TV broadcasters.
  • Internet TV is a generic term that refers to the transmission of television and other video content over the Internet via video streaming technology, typically used by large traditional TV broadcasters. But it does not refer to the technology used to deliver content (see Internet Protocol Television).
  • IPTV Internet Protocol Television
  • IPTV services can be grouped into three major groups: live TV, with or without interactivity related to current TV programs; time-shifted TV: revisiting the program (replaying TV programs for hours or days), replaying (playing from the beginning) Current TV programs); and Video on Demand (VOD): Browse the video directory, which is not related to TV programming.
  • IPTV is significantly different from Internet TV.
  • the former has a continuous standardization process (such as the European Telecommunications Standards Institute) and a deployment scheme that is beneficial to the user's telecommunications network, providing high-speed access channels for end-user locations through set-top boxes or other client devices.
  • Smart TV is sometimes referred to as a hybrid TV, and describes the integration of Internet and Web 2.0 and above in a TV or set-top box, as well as the convergence of computer functions and these TV/set-top box technologies. Compared with traditional TV receivers and set-top boxes, it focuses more on online interactive media, Internet TV, set-top box content, and on-demand streaming media, with less emphasis on or improving traditional broadcast media.
  • TV is a telecommunications medium, device (or device) or a series of related devices, programs and/or transmissions for transmitting and receiving monochrome (black and white) or color motion pictures, with or without sound accompanying .
  • Television is most commonly used to display broadcast television signals. Broadcast television systems are typically spread by wire or radio over the channels specified in the 54-890 MHz band. A visual display device without a tuner should be called a video monitor, not a television. Televisions differ from other monitors or displays in that the user is at a distance from the television while viewing the media, and that the television has a tuner or other circuitry that receives broadcast television signals.
  • “Cable TV” refers to a system that transmits television programs to users over a coaxial cable using radio frequency (RF) signals or optical fiber cables with optical pulse signals. This is different from traditional broadcast television (terrestrial television), in which television signals are transmitted over the air by radio waves and received through television antennas on television.
  • the term "channel” or “television channel” as used in this application may be either a physical channel or a virtual channel, and they are all paths for transmitting programs on a television or television network.
  • the physical channel in analog TV has a certain amount of bandwidth, generally 6, 7, or 8 MHz, occupying the predetermined channel frequency.
  • a virtual channel is a representation of the data stream of a particular television media provider (eg, a television station such as CDS, TNT, HBO, etc.).
  • switched telephone TV refers to a television program transmitted through a communication satellite and received through an outdoor antenna (usually a parabolic reflector, commonly referred to as a satellite dish).
  • the satellite receiver can be an external set-top box or it can be A satellite tuner module built into the TV receiver.
  • live TV refers to a television production broadcast that is in real time or substantially synchronized with the time of occurrence of the event.
  • VOD video on demand
  • the term "video on demand” (VOD) as used in this application refers to systems and processes that allow a user to select and view/listen to-on video or audio content.
  • the VOD system can offload the content to view live content or download it to a storage medium for later viewing.
  • a “blog” (also known as “weblog") is a part of a website or website that is replenished with new content from time to time. Blogs are usually maintained by individuals, such as regularly adding comments, event descriptions or images, videos, and other materials. This content is usually displayed in reverse chronological order.
  • “Blog Service” refers to a blogging service that allows private or multiple users to post time-stamped blogs.
  • social network service is a service provider that establishes an online community in which members of the community have the same interests and/or activities, or are interested in learning about other people's interests and activities.
  • Most social networking services are web-based and offer users a variety of ways to interact, such as email and instant messaging.
  • social network refers to a web-based social network.
  • instant messaging and “instant messaging” refer to a form of real-time text communication that is typically based on text input between two or more people.
  • Internet search engine refers to a web search engine designed to search for information on the World Wide Web and FTP servers. Search results are usually displayed in a list of results called SERPS or "Search Engine Results Page.” This information may include web pages, images, information, and other types of files. Some search engines also collect data available in databases or open directories. Web search engines store a lot of web page information at work and then retrieve it from the HTML itself. These pages are retrieved via a web crawler (sometimes called a web spider, an automated web browser that will track every link on the site). Then analyze the content of each page to decide how to index (for example, extract text from a title, title, or special field called a meta tag). The data related to the web page is stored in the index database for future queries. All or part of some search engines (such as Google TM) store the source page (called a cache) as well as information about the page, and some other search engines (such as AltaVista TM) every word of each page to find the store.
  • search engines such as Google TM
  • electronic address refers to any address that can be contacted, including phone number, instant messaging, email address, global resource locator ("URL”), universal resource identification number (“URI”), official address (“AOR "), an electronic alias in the database (such as an address), and a combination of the above.
  • online community refers to a group of people who communicate primarily through a computer network rather than face-to-face with social, professional, educational, or other purposes.
  • media formats including Wikipedia, blogs, chat rooms, Internet forums, instant messaging, email, and other forms of electronic media.
  • Many forms of media are used individually or collectively in social software, including text-based chat rooms and forums that use voice, video text or avatars.
  • Non-volatile media includes NVRAM, magnetic or optical disks, and the like.
  • Volatile media includes dynamic memory, such as main memory.
  • a general form of computer readable media includes floppy disks, floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tape or any other magnetic media, magneto-optical media, optical disks, any other optical media, perforated cards, paper tape, any other physical medium with a certain aperture pattern, RAM (Random Access Memory), PROM (Programmable Read Only Memory) and EPROM (Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory), FLASH-EPROM, solid state media such as memory cards, any other memory chip or memory port, carrier wave as described below or Any other media that the computer can read.
  • a digital file attachment or other self-contained information file or collection of emails is considered to be a distribution medium equivalent to a tangible storage medium.
  • a computer readable medium When a computer readable medium is configured as a database, it should be understood that the database can be any type of database, such as relational, hierarchical, object oriented, and/or the like. Accordingly, the present application is considered to include tangible storage media or distribution media and prior art recognized equivalents and subsequent development media, and software implementations in the present application are stored in such media.
  • Multimedia in the term “multimedia” as used in this application refers to content in one of a set of different content formats. Multimedia may include, but is not limited to, one or more of text, audio, still pictures, animation, video, or interactive content formats.
  • the term "screen” as used in this application refers to a physical structure that includes one or more hardware components that enable the device to display a user interface and/or receive user input.
  • the screen can include any combination of gesture capture zones, touch display screens, and/or configurable zones.
  • a device can embed one or more physical screens in its hardware.
  • the screen can also include peripherals that are connected to or disconnected from the device.
  • multiple external devices can be connected to the device.
  • another screen with a remote control unit can be connected to the smart TV.
  • the term "display screen” refers to a portion of one or more screens for displaying computer output content to a user.
  • the display can be a single-screen display or a multi-screen display (called a composite display).
  • a single physical screen can contain multiple displays that are managed as separate logical displays. Therefore, different content can be displayed on a separate display, even though it is in a certain part of the same actual screen.
  • gesture refers to user behavior that expresses an intended thought, action, meaning, outcome, and/or outcome.
  • User behavior includes operating the device (such as turning the device on or off, changing the device orientation, moving the trackball or scroll wheel, etc.), movement of a part of the body relative to the device, movement of the appliance or tool relative to the device, audio input, and the like.
  • Gestures can be applied directly to the device (such as on the screen) or through the device to interact with the device.
  • gesture capture refers to the sensing or detection of the entity and/or type of a user gesture. Gesture capture can occur in one or more zones of the screen.
  • the gesture area can be located on the display, called the touch display, or not on the display, called the gesture capture area.
  • remote control refers to a component of an electronic device (most commonly a television receiver, DVD player, and/or home theater system) that typically wirelessly controls the device over a short line of sight.
  • Remote typically use infrared and / or radio frequency (RF) signal, may include a WiFi, Wireless USB, Bluetooth (TM) connection, a motion sensor to enable functional and / or voice control.
  • RF radio frequency
  • the touch screen remote control is a handheld remote control device that replaces most of the physical built-in hard keys in a typical remote control device with a touch screen user interface.
  • display image refers to image content formed on a display screen.
  • a typical display image is television broadcast content. Displaying an image will take up all or part of the display.
  • display direction refers to the display direction of the rectangular display screen when the user views.
  • the two most common display directions are column direction and row direction.
  • the width of the picture is greater than its height (eg 4:3; or 16:9).
  • panel may refer to a user interface that is displayed at least in a portion of a display screen. Panels can be interactive (such as accepting user input) or providing only information (such as not accepting user input). The panel can be translucent so the panel becomes blurry but does not obscure the content on the display. The panel can be changed based on user input from the button or remote control interface.
  • the term "silos" as used in this application may be a logical representation of an input, source or application.
  • Inputs can be electronic devices (such as DVDs, video recorders, etc.) that are connected to the TV via ports (such as HDMI, video/audio input ports, etc.) or networks (such as local and wide area networks). Unlike a device, the input can be connected to one or more devices as an electrical or physical connection configuration.
  • the source especially the content source, can be a data service that provides content (eg, media center, file system, etc.).
  • An application can be a software service that provides a specific type of function (such as live TV, video on demand, user application, picture display, etc.).
  • a silo as a logical representation can have other related definitions or attributes, such as settings, functions, or other characteristics.
  • module refers to any known or later developed hardware, software, firmware, artificial intelligence, fuzzy logic, or a combination of hardware and software that is capable of performing the functions associated with the component.
  • user interface elements in the "select”, “selected” "will select” or “positive selection” GUIs these belongings should be understood to include the use of a mouse or other input device, in the user interface element. Click or “hover” above, or use one or more fingers or stylus to touch the screen, tap, or make a gesture on the user interface element.
  • User interface elements can be virtual buttons, menu buttons, selectors, switches, sliders, erasers, knobs, thumbnails, links, icons, radio buttons, check boxes, and any other mechanism that receives input from the user.
  • the smart television 100 can be used for entertainment, business applications, social interactions, content creation and/or consumption, and/or also includes one or more other devices for organizing and controlling communication with the smart television 100. Therefore, it can be understood that smart TV can be used to enhance the user interaction experience, whether at home or at work.
  • smart television 100 can be configured to receive and understand various user and/or device inputs.
  • a user may interact with smart television 100 through one or more physical or electronic controls, which may include buttons, switches, touch screens/zones (eg, capacitive touch screens, resistive touch screens, etc.) and/or associated with smart television 100.
  • Other controls may include buttons, switches, touch screens/zones (eg, capacitive touch screens, resistive touch screens, etc.) and/or associated with smart television 100.
  • Other controls may include one or more interactive controls.
  • one or more of the above controls may be associated with a remote control.
  • the remote control can communicate with the smart television 100 via wired and/or wireless signals.
  • the remote control may be a radio frequency (RF), infrared (IR) and / or a particular wireless communication protocol (e.g., Bluetooth TM, Wi-Fi, etc.) work.
  • RF radio frequency
  • IR infrared
  • a particular wireless communication protocol e.g., Bluetooth TM, Wi-Fi, etc.
  • the above physical or electronic controls can be configured to suit the user's preferences.
  • smart phones 100 can be controlled using smart phones, tablets, computers, laptops, netbooks, and other smart devices.
  • the smart TV 100 is controlled using an application running on a smart device.
  • the application is configured to provide various smart TV 100 controls to the user in an intuitive user interface (UI) on a screen associated with the smart TV 100.
  • UI intuitive user interface
  • the user's option input on the UI can be configured to control the smart device 100 by virtue of the application using one or more communication functions associated with the smart device.
  • Smart TV 100 can be configured to receive input through a variety of input devices, including but not limited to video, audio, radio, light, touch, and combinations thereof. Moreover, these input devices can be configured to cause the smart television 100 to see and recognize user gestures and react. For example, the user can talk to the smart TV 100 in a conversational manner. Smart TV 100 is like a smart personal assistant for smart devices and a voice-activated navigation application (such as Apple's Siri, Android's Skyvi, Robin, Iris, and other applications) that accept and understand voice commands.
  • a voice-activated navigation application such as Apple's Siri, Android's Skyvi, Robin, Iris, and other applications
  • smart television 100 can be configured as a communication device that can establish a network connection 104 and use telephone line 120 to connect to a telephone network operated by a telephone company in a number of different manners, including wired 108 or wireless 112 mode, cellular network 116. These connections 104 enable the smart television 100 to access one or more communication networks.
  • a communication network includes any known communication medium or collection of communication media that can be used to transfer information or signals between endpoints using any type of protocol. Communication networks may include wired and/or wireless communication technologies.
  • the Internet is an example of a communication network 132 that, together with many computers, computer networks, and other communication devices around the world, constitutes an Internet Protocol (IP) network that is interconnected by many telephone systems and other means.
  • IP Internet Protocol
  • smart television 100 can be equipped with a variety of communication tools.
  • a variety of communication tools may allow smart television 100 to communicate over local area network (LAN) 124, wireless local area network (WLAN) 128, and other networks 132. These networks can act as redundant connections to ensure network access. In other words, if a connection is broken, the smart TV 100 will re-establish and/or maintain the network connection 104 using another connection path.
  • smart television 100 also uses these network connections 104 to send and receive information, as well as electronic program guide (EPG) 136 interactions, receive software updates 140, contact customer services 144 (such as obtaining help or services, etc.) and/or access remote storage.
  • EPG electronic program guide
  • connections allow smart TV 100 to make, receive and/or receive email messages, send and/or receive text messages (such as emails and instant messages), use Internet search engines to surf the web, and blog through blogging services. And connect/interact with online communities maintained by social media sites and/or social networking services (such as Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, Pinterest, GooglePlus, MySpace, etc.). While these network connections 104 are used in combination with other components of the smart television 100 (described in more detail below), we can also conduct video teleconferences, electronic conferences, and other types of communications on the smart television 100. Smart TV 100 can capture and store images and sounds using a connected camera, microphone, and other sensors.
  • the smart television 100 can create and save screenshots of media, images, and data displayed on the associated screen of the smart television 100.
  • smart television 100 can interact with other electronic devices 168 via a wired 108 and/or wireless 112 connection.
  • the components of smart television 100 allow device 100 to be connected to device 168, including but not limited to DVD player 168a, Blu-ray player 168b, portable digital media device 168c, smart phone 168d, tablet device 168e, personal computer 168f. , external junction box 168g, keyboard 168h, positioning device 168i, printer 168j, game controller and/or gamepad 168k, satellite dish 168l, external display device 168m and other universal serial bus (USB), local area network (LAN) ), Bluetooth (TM), a high definition multimedia interface (HDMI) component devices and / or wireless devices.
  • USB universal serial bus
  • LAN local area network
  • TM Bluetooth
  • HDMI high definition multimedia interface
  • the smart television 100 can receive digital and/or analog signal broadcasts from the television station. It can work as one or more cable TV, Internet TV, Internet Protocol TV, satellite TV, web TV and/or smart TV.
  • the smart television 100 can also be configured to control and interact with other smart components, such as the security system 172, the access/gate 176, the remote video camera 180, the lighting system 184, the thermostat controller 188, the refrigerator 192, and other devices.
  • FIG. 2 illustrates components of a smart television 100.
  • smart television 100 can be supported by a movable base or bracket 204 that is coupled to frame 208.
  • the frame 208 surrounds the edge of the display screen 212 without obscuring its front side.
  • Display 212 may include a liquid crystal display (LCD), a plasma screen, a light emitting diode (LED) screen, or other type of screen.
  • LCD liquid crystal display
  • LED light emitting diode
  • Smart TV 100 can include an integrated speaker 216 and at least one microphone 220.
  • the first zone of frame 208 includes a horizontal gesture capture zone 224 and the second zone includes a vertical gesture capture zone 228.
  • Gesture capture zones 224 and 228 contain zones that can receive input by recognizing user gestures, in some instances, the user does not need to actually touch the surface of screen 212 of smart television 100 at all. However, gesture capture areas 224 and 228 do not contain pixels that can perform display functions or capabilities.
  • one or more image capture devices 232 are added to capture still and/or video images.
  • Image capture device 232 may include or interface with other components, such as flash or other light source 236 and ranging device 240 to aid in focusing of the image capture device.
  • smart television 100 can also identify individual users using microphone 220, gesture capture zones 224 and 228, image capture device 232, and ranging device 240. Additionally or alternatively, the smart television 100 can learn and remember the preferences of individual users. In some instances, learning and memory (eg, identifying and recalling stored information) may be relevant to user identification.
  • an infrared transmitter and receiver 244 can also be provided to connect the smart television 100 via a remote control device (not shown here) or other infrared device. Additionally or alternatively, the remote control device can transmit wireless signals by means other than radio frequency, light and/or infrared.
  • the audio jack 248 is hidden behind a foldable or movable panel.
  • the audio jack 248 contains a pointed round cannula (TRS) connector that allows, for example, a user to use headphones, a headset, or other external audio device.
  • TRS pointed round cannula
  • smart television 100 also includes a number of buttons 252.
  • Figure 2 shows buttons 252 on top of smart TV 100, which may also be located elsewhere.
  • smart television 100 includes six buttons 252 (from a to f) that can be configured for a particular input.
  • the first button 252 can be configured as an on/off button for controlling system power throughout the smart television 100.
  • Buttons 252 can be configured together or separately to control aspects of smart television 100.
  • Some non-limiting examples include, but are not limited to, overall system volume, brightness, image capture devices, microphones, and the convening/ending of video conferencing.
  • the two buttons can be combined into one wave button. This wave button is useful in certain situations, such as controlling volume or brightness.
  • buttons 252 can be used to support different user commands.
  • the duration of a normal press is typically less than 1 second, similar to a fast input.
  • the duration of a medium press is typically 1 second or longer but no more than 12 seconds.
  • the duration of a long press is typically 12 seconds or more.
  • This function of the button generally depends on the application activated on the smart TV 100. For example, in a video conferencing application, normal, medium, or long press may mean ending a video conference, increasing or decreasing volume, increasing input response speed, and switching microphone mute, depending on the particular button.
  • Normal, medium or long press can also control image capture device 232 to increase or decrease zoom, take or video, depending on the particular button.
  • FIG. 3 illustrates some components of a smart television 100 in accordance with an example of the present application.
  • Smart TV 100 includes a display screen 304.
  • Display controller 316 can control the operation of display screen 304, including input and output (display) functions. Display controller 316 can also control the operation of display screen 304 and interact with other inputs, such as infrared and/or radio input signals (e.g., access/door controllers, alarm system components, etc.). According to some other examples, the functionality of display controller 316 may be incorporated into other components, such as processor 364.
  • Processor 364 can include a general purpose programmable processor or controller that executes application design or instructions. In accordance with at least some examples, processor 364 includes multiple processor cores and/or executes multiple virtual processors. According to some other examples, processor 364 may include multiple physical processors. As a specific example, processor 364 can include specially configured application specific integrated circuits (ASICs) or other integrated circuits, digital signal processors, controllers, hardwired electronic or logic circuits, programmable logic devices or gate arrays, special purpose computers, and the like. . Processor 364 is typically used to execute program code or instructions to perform various functions of smart television 100.
  • ASICs application specific integrated circuits
  • Processor 364 is typically used to execute program code or instructions to perform various functions of smart television 100.
  • smart television 100 can include an encoding/decoding and/or compression/decompression module 366 to receive and manage digital television information.
  • the encoding/decoding compression/decompression module 366 can decompress and/or decode from a public television chain or in a private television network via an antenna 324, an I/O module 348, a wireless connection module 328, and/or other wireless communication module 332. Received analog and / digital information. Television information can be sent to display 304 and/or to an attached speaker that receives an analog or digital received signal. Any encoding/decoding and compression/decompression can be performed based on multiple formats (such as audio, video, and data).
  • the encryption module 324 communicates with the encoding/decoding compression/decompression module 366 such that all data received or transmitted by the user or provider is kept secret.
  • smart television 100 includes additional or other wireless communication modules 332.
  • other wireless communication module 332 may comprise-Fi ,, Bluetooth (TM) the Wi, WiMax, infrared or other wireless communication link.
  • Wireless connection module 328 and other wireless communication modules 332 can each be interconnected with a shared or dedicated antenna 324 and a shared or dedicated I/O module 348.
  • smart television 100 can include a wireless connection module 328.
  • the wireless connection module 328 can include GSM, CDMA, FDMA, and/or analog cellular telephone transceivers capable of transmitting voice, multimedia, and/or data over a cellular network.
  • Input/output modules 348 and associated ports may be added to support communications with other communication devices, servers, and/or peripherals, etc., over a wired network or link.
  • Examples of the input / output module 348 include an Ethernet port, a universal serial bus (USB) port, Thunderbolt TM Light Peak or interfaces, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) 1394 port or other interface.
  • An audio input/output interface/device 344 can be added to output analog audio to an interconnected speaker or other device, as well as receive analog audio input from a connected microphone or other device.
  • audio input/output interface/device 344 can include an associated amplifier and analog to digital converter.
  • the smart television 100 can include an integrated audio input/output device 356 and/or an audio jack that connects to an external speaker or microphone. For example, add an integrated speaker and integrated microphone to support near-end talk or speakerphone operation.
  • Port interface 352 can be added.
  • Port interface 352 includes peripheral or universal ports that provide support for device 100 to connect to other devices or components, such as docking stations, which may or may not provide additional or different functionality to device 100 after interconnection.
  • the docking port 136 and/or the port interface 352 can also supply power to or from the device 100.
  • Docking port 352 also includes a smart component that includes a docking module that controls communication or other interaction between smart TV 100 and connected devices or components. The docking module can interact with the software application to remotely control other devices or components (such as media centers, media players, and computer systems).
  • the smart television 100 can also include a memory 308 for the processor 364 to execute application programming or instructions, as well as for temporarily or long term storage of program instructions and/or data.
  • memory 308 can include RAM, DRAM, SDRAM, or other solid state memory.
  • data store 312 is added. Similar to memory 308, data store 312 can include one or more solid state memories. In some examples, data store 312 can include a hard drive or other random access memory.
  • hardware button 358 can be used for certain control operations.
  • One or more image capture interfaces/devices 340 may be added to capture still and/or video images.
  • image capture interface/device 340 can include a scanner, code reader, or motion sensor.
  • Image capture interface/device 340 may contain or interface with other components such as flash or other light sources.
  • the image capture interface/device 340 can interact with a user ID module 350 that helps identify the identity of the smart TV 100 user.
  • Smart TV 100 may also include a Global Positioning System (GPS) receiver 336.
  • GPS Global Positioning System
  • the GPS receiver 336 may further include a GPS module to provide absolute positioning information to other components of the smart television 100. It can therefore be understood that other satellite positioning system receivers can be used instead of or in conjunction with GPS.
  • the components of smart television 100 can be powered by main power and/or power control module 360.
  • power control module 360 includes a battery, an AC to DC converter, power control logic, and/or a port that interconnects smart TV 100 and an external power source.
  • FIG. 4 shows an example of a software system component and module 400.
  • Software system 400 may include one or more layers including, but not limited to, operating system kernel 404, one or more libraries 408, an application framework 412, and one or more applications 416.
  • One or more layers 404-416 can communicate with one another to perform the functions of smart television 100.
  • Operating system (OS) kernel 404 contains the primary functionality that allows software and hardware interaction associated with smart television 100. Kernel 404 can include a series of software for managing computer hardware resources and servicing other computer programs or software code. The operating system kernel 404 is the main component of the operating system and acts as an intermediary between the application and the data processing done using the hardware components. Part of the operating system kernel 404 can include one or more device drivers 420. Device driver 420 can be any one of the operating systems to assist in the operation or control of devices or hardware connected to or associated with the smart television. Driver 420 can include code to manipulate video, audio, and/or other multimedia components of smart television 100. Examples of drives include display screens, cameras, Flash, Binder (IPC), keyboard, WiFi, and audio drivers.
  • IPC Binder
  • Library 408 can contain code or other components that are accessed and executed during operation of software system 400.
  • Library 408 may include, but is not limited to, one or more operating system runtime libraries 424, a television system hypertext application language (HAL) library 428, and/or data service library 432.
  • Operating system runtime library 424 may contain code required by operating system kernel 404 and other operating system functions that are executed during operation of software system 400.
  • the library can contain code that is launched during runtime of software system 400.
  • the television service hypertext application language 428 may contain code required by the television service to be executed by the application framework 412 or the application 416.
  • the television service HAL library 428 is specific to the operation of the smart television 100 that controls different smart television functions.
  • the television service HAL library 428 may also be comprised of other types of application languages than the hypertext application language or instances of different code types or code formats.
  • Data service library 432 can contain one or more components or code to execute components that implement data service functions.
  • Data service functions can be executed in application framework 412 and/or application layer 416.
  • Figure 6 shows an example of data service functions and component types that may be included.
  • the application framework 412 can contain general abstractions about providing functionality that can be selected by one or more applications 416 to provide specific application functionality or software for those applications.
  • framework 412 can include one or more different services, or other applications that are accessible through application 416 to provide general functionality on two or more applications.
  • such functionality includes the management of one or more windows or panels, planes, activities, content, and resources.
  • Application framework 412 can include, but is not limited to, one or more television services 434, television service framework 440, television resources 444, and user interface components 448.
  • the television service framework 440 can provide additional abstractions for different television services.
  • the television service framework 440 allows for regular access and operation of services related to television functions.
  • Television service 436 is a general service provided in television service framework 440, which may be accessed by applications in application layer 416.
  • Television resource 444 provides code for accessing television resources, including any type of stored content, video, audio, or other functionality provided by smart television 100.
  • Television resource 444, television service 436, and television service framework 440 are services for performing various television functions accompanying smart television 100.
  • One or more user interface components 448 can provide general components for the display of smart television 100.
  • User interface component 448 can be accessed as a general component through various applications provided by application framework 412.
  • User interface component 448 can be accessed to service panels and silos as described in FIG.
  • the application layer 416 contains both applications that can also be associated with the smart TV 100.
  • Application layer 416 may include, but is not limited to, one or more live TV applications 452, video on demand application 456, media center application 460, application center application 464, and user interface application 468.
  • the live TV application 452 can provide live television through different sources. For example, live television application 452 can provide television using input from cable television, wireless broadcast, satellite services, or other types of live television services. The live TV application 452 can then display a video and audio presentation of the multimedia presentation or live television signal on the display of the smart television 100.
  • Video on demand application 456 can provide video from different storage sources. Unlike live TV application 452, video on demand 456 provides video display from certain storage sources.
  • the video on demand source can be associated with a user or a smart TV or some other type of service.
  • video on demand 456 may be provided from an iTunes library stored in cloud technology, from a local hard disk storage containing stored video programs, or some other source.
  • the media center application 460 can provide the applications required for various media presentations.
  • media center 460 can provide services for display of images or audio that are different from live television or video on demand but still accessible to the user.
  • Media center 460 can obtain media displayed on smart television 100 by accessing different sources.
  • Application Center 464 can provide, store, and use applications.
  • An application can be a game, a productivity application, or some other application that is generally associated with a computer system or other device but can run on a smart TV.
  • Application Center 464 can obtain these applications from different sources, store them in local storage, and then execute the applications on the smart TV 100 for the user.
  • User interface application 468 can provide services for a particular user interface associated with smart television 100. These user interfaces may include the silos and panels described in FIG. An example of user interface software 500 is shown in FIG.
  • the application framework 412 herein includes one or more code components that can help control user interface events, while one or more applications in the application layer 416 affect the use of the user interface of the smart television 100.
  • the application framework 412 can include a silo switching controller 504 and/or an input event transmitter 508.
  • the code components in the application framework 412 may be more or less than shown in FIG.
  • Silo switching controller 504 includes code and language that manages switching between one or more silos.
  • the silo can be a vertical user interface function on a smart TV that contains information available to the user.
  • the switching controller 504 can manage the switching between the two silos when an event occurs on the user interface.
  • the input event sender 508 can receive event information for the user interface from the operating system and then to the input event sender 508. These event information can include button selections on the remote control or television or other types of user interface inputs. The input event sender can then send these event information to the silo manager 532 or the panel manager 536 (depending on the type of event).
  • the silo switching controller 504 can interact with the silo manager 532 to affect the change of the silo.
  • Application framework 416 can include user interface application 468 and/or silo application 512.
  • the user interface application that the application framework 416 can contain to control the smart television 100 can be more or less than that shown in FIG.
  • the user interface application can include a silo manager 532, a panel controller 536, and one or more panels 516-528.
  • the silo manager 532 manages the display and/or functionality of the silo.
  • the silo manager 532 can receive or transmit information from the silo switching controller 504 or the input event transmitter 508 to alter the displayed silos and/or determine the type of input received by the silos.
  • Panel manager 536 can display panels in the user interface to manage switching between these panels or affect user interface input received in the panel.
  • panel manager 536 can communicate with different user interface panels, such as global panel 516, volume panel 520, settings panel 524, and/or notification panel 528.
  • Panel manager 536 can display these types of panels depending on the input from input event sender 508.
  • Global panel 516 may contain information related to the home screen or the highest level of information for the user.
  • the information displayed by volume panel 520 is related to the audio volume control or other volume settings.
  • the information displayed by the settings panel 524 is related to audio or video settings or other settable characteristics of the smart television 100.
  • Notification panel 528 can provide information related to user notifications.
  • Panel manager 536 can be in communication with panel controller 552 of silo application 512.
  • the panel controller 552 can control some of the above types. Accordingly, panel controller 552 can be in communication with top panel application 540, application panel 544, and/or bottom panel 548. These panels are different when displayed in the user interface of the smart TV 100. Thus, the panel controls can be based on the system configuration or the type of display currently in use, with panels 516 through 528 set to a certain display orientation (as determined by top panel application 540, application panel 544, or bottom panel application 548).
  • Data management 600 can include one or more code components associated with different types of data.
  • data service 432 can have several code components that can be associated with and associated with video on demand, electronic program guides, or media data.
  • the component type of data service 432 may be more or less than that shown in FIG.
  • Each different type of data may contain data models 604-612. These data models determine what information the data service stores and how it will be stored. Therefore, the data model can manage any data, no matter where they come from and how they will be received and managed in a smart TV system.
  • data models 604, 608, and/or 612 can provide the ability to transform or influence the conversion of data from one form to another for use by smart television 100.
  • a variety of different data services have a data subservice 620, 624 and/or 628 for communicating with one or more internal and/or external content providers 616.
  • Data sub-services 620, 624, and 628 communicate with content provider 616 to retrieve data and then store it in databases 632, 636, and 640.
  • Subservices 620, 624, and 628 can communicate with a content provider to enable or enable one or more source plugins 644, 648, and 652 to communicate with a content provider.
  • Source plugins 644, 648 and 652 are also different for each content provider 616.
  • each of the data subservices 620, 624, and 628 can decide and then enable or launch different source plugins 644, 648 and/or 652.
  • content provider 616 can also provide information to resource arbiter 656 and/or thumbnail cache manager 660.
  • Resource arbiter 656 can communicate with resources 664 outside of data service 432.
  • resource arbiter 656 can communicate with cloud memory, network memory, or other types of external memory in resource 664.
  • the information will then be provided to the data subservices 620, 624, 628 by the content provider module 616.
  • the thumbnail cache manager contains thumbnail information from one of the data subservices 620, 624, 628 and stores the information in the thumbnail database 666.
  • the thumbnail cache manager 660 can also extract or retrieve information from the thumbnail database 666 for provision to one of the data subservices 620, 624, 628.
  • FIG. 7 shows an exemplary content aggregation structure 1300.
  • the structure can include a user interface and content aggregation layers 1304 and 1308.
  • the user interface layer 1304 can include a television application 1312, a media player 1316, and an application 1320.
  • the television application 1312 allows viewers to view channels received through appropriate transmission media such as cable, satellite, and/or the Internet.
  • the media player 1316 can view other types of media received over an appropriate transmission medium, such as the Internet.
  • the application 1320 includes other television-related (pre-installed) applications, such as content viewing, content search, device viewing and setup algorithms, and can also cooperate with the media player 1316 to provide information to the viewer.
  • the content source layer 1308 includes a content source service 1328, a content aggregation service 1332, and a content presentation service 1336 as data services.
  • the content source service 1328 manages content source investigators, including local and/or network file systems, digital network device managers (which are found to be handheld or by known techniques such as versatile plug-and-play or UPnP discovery techniques).
  • Non-handheld devices such as digital media servers, players, renderers, controllers, printers, uploaders, downloaders, network connectivity, and interoperability units
  • retrieve, analyze, and encrypt device descriptions for each discovered device informs the newly discovered device's content source service, and provides information about previously discovered devices, such as indexing), Internet Protocol TV or IPTV, digital TV or DTV (including HD and enhanced TV), third-party services (such as above) Referenced services) and applications (such as Android apps).
  • the content source investigator can track content sources, typically configured as binary.
  • the content source service 1328 can launch the content source investigator and maintain an open and persistent communication channel. Communication includes queries or command and response pairs.
  • the content aggregation service 1332 manages content metadata acquirers, such as video, audio, and/or image metadata acquirers.
  • the content presentation service 1336 provides a content indexing interface, such as an Android application interface and a digital device interface.
  • Content source service 1328 can send communications 1344 to and from content aggregation service 1332.
  • the communication contains notifications about the latest and deleted digital devices and/or content and search queries and results.
  • the content aggregation service 1332 can send communications 1348 to and from the content presentation service 1336, including device and/or content lookup notifications, consultations and notifications of the content of interest, and search queries and results.
  • the content presentation service 1336 can receive a user request from the user interface layer 1300, thereby opening the outlet and sending the request to the content aggregation service 1332.
  • the content aggregation service 1332 first returns the results from the local database 1340.
  • the local database 1340 contains an index or data model and indexed metadata.
  • the content source service 1328 further issues search and browse requests for all content source investigators and other data management systems.
  • the results will be sent to the content aggregation service 1332, which updates the database 1340 to reflect further search results, and provides the original content aggregation database search results and data update results reflecting more content source service search results through previously opened sockets.
  • Present the service 1336 to the content.
  • the content presentation service 1336 then provides the results to one or more components of the user interface layer 1300 for presentation to the viewer.
  • the search phase is over (eg, the search phase is terminated by the user or user's operation)
  • the user interface layer 1300 will disconnect the socket.
  • the media can be provided directly from the content aggregation service 1332 to the media player 1316 for display to the user.
  • video content e.g., television programming, video, television, etc.
  • the window 1100 is hidden in the portion of the screen 212, and the remaining portion of the displayed video content may also cause the screen 212 to display a portion of the video content that moves up or down as the height of the window 1100 changes, and/or compression, and, The window 1100 is superimposed on the video content, and the height change of the window 1100 does not affect the display position of the video content.
  • the window 1100 can include one or more pieces of information such as a panel recommendation bar associated with the currently displayed image and/or content, details (eg, title, date/time, audio/video indicator, rating and style, etc.), Information entry fields related to hotkey bars, browse requests, and/or search requests.
  • a panel recommendation bar associated with the currently displayed image and/or content
  • details eg, title, date/time, audio/video indicator, rating and style, etc.
  • Information entry fields related to hotkey bars e.g, search requests, etc.
  • the window 1100 contains appropriate information related to the content (such as name, duration, and/or remaining content browsing time), setup information, television or system control information, application (activation) icons (eg, pre-installation) And/or downloaded applications), application center, media center, web browser, input source information.
  • appropriate information related to the content such as name, duration, and/or remaining content browsing time
  • setup information such as name, duration, and/or remaining content browsing time
  • television or system control information such as name, duration, and/or remaining content browsing time
  • application (activation) icons eg, pre-installation) And/or downloaded applications
  • application center e.g, pre-installation
  • media center e.g, web browser, input source information.
  • Figure 9 is an intuitive image example of a user interface for a content/silk selector.
  • the visual image 1400 includes a content source selector 1404.
  • Content source selector 1404 contains icons for one or more silos 1408 through 1424.
  • Content source selector 1404 can include two or more icons 1408 through 1424 representing different silos.
  • icons 1408 through 1420 represent different content application silos.
  • Different content application silos may contain a live TV silo, represented by icon 1408.
  • the live TV silo is a logical representation of a broadcast television signal application that provides television content to the user of the television 100.
  • a video on demand (VOD) silo is represented by an icon 1412.
  • the VOD silo provides access to a video or other type of media that can be selected and available to the user on demand.
  • the media center silo is represented by icon 1416.
  • a media center silo contains an application that provides images and/or movies developed or stored by the user.
  • the Media Center provides a way for users to store their media using Smart TV 100.
  • the application silo is represented by icon 1420.
  • Application silos provide games and other user applications that can be accessed and used on the TV.
  • the input source silo 1424 can be any type of device or other storage mechanism that is connected to the television 100 via an input port or other electrical connection, such as other input interfaces such as HDMI, or an input interface collection silo.
  • the 10 is an exemplary C/S communication system including a terminal (a mobile terminal such as a mobile phone, a remote controller, a PAD, or/and a PC terminal such as a smart TV, an air conditioner, a refrigerator, etc.), a network, and a server, and the terminal and the server pass
  • the access network can transmit data.
  • the access network can be a cellular network (4G, 5G, etc.), a local area network or a metropolitan area network.
  • setting up a local area network through a router to realize interconnection and intercommunication between multiple terminals is a method for improving user experience. An effective way.
  • a domain name resolver for example, a router or a DNS server
  • the device storing the target network resource includes other distributed terminals or The server, and based on the response mechanism, feeds back the target network address to the terminal that sends the target URL address.
  • the mobile terminal can serve as a data transmission bridge for the PC terminal in the process of interconnecting at least two terminals.
  • One way is that the application in the mobile terminal recognizes the PC.
  • the two-dimensional code displayed on the terminal establishes a binding relationship between the two, and receives the local content associated with the application in the PC terminal from the access network based on the binding relationship, and may also receive the local content from the PC terminal based on the HTTP protocol.
  • the local content is uploaded to the server; the other way is: configuring the proxy server in the PC terminal based on the MQTT protocol, and using the proxy server to transfer local content or/network content between the PC terminal and the mobile terminal, so that the mobile terminal replaces
  • the data interaction between the PC terminal and the server can improve the data ship speed efficiency of the PC terminal in the case where the PC terminal configuration is low.
  • the mobile terminal may receive a local uniform resource locator (hereinafter referred to as a local URL address for convenience of description) from the PC terminal, and convert the local URL address to the target URL through a domain name resolver (for example, a DNS server or a router).
  • a domain name resolver for example, a DNS server or a router.
  • the address requests the target network content corresponding to the target URL in the access path in the access network, and the server feeds back the target network content to the mobile terminal or the PC terminal bound thereto according to the response mechanism.
  • the plurality of servers deployed in a distributed manner may include a first server associated with the third-party server and a second server that provides terminal services for the user.
  • the terminal may directly access the first server through the target URL address, or may access the second server first. And communicating interaction between the second server and the first server, so that the second server receives the network content at the first server and feeds back to the terminal.
  • different terminals are interconnected based on the same access network, such as: TV and mobile phone access the same wireless network; or, based on different access networks, establish binding relationships, such as: TV access wireless network and mobile phone connection Into the cellular network.
  • 11 is an exemplary cloud service platform, which may include: an application in a terminal, a network optimization system, a content management system, a cloud storage system, and a third-party service system in an access path of a terminal and a server communication interaction.
  • the terminal When the terminal is running, the terminal receives the input of the interface element on the graphical interface of the user displayed by the user for the application, and transmits the request packet to at least part of the system along the access path in response to the input, and receives the target corresponding to the request packet.
  • the network content displays the target network content in the interface element for the user to view, wherein the application may be a third-party application or a pre-installer in the terminal.
  • a third-party application such as WeChat or Taobao
  • encapsulating the request packet through the HTTP protocol and requesting the transmission efficiency of the packet in the access network, prompting the network optimization system to be indispensable, especially in In the case of distributed terminal centralized request, the probability of system crash can be reduced; in the network optimization system, a CDN (Content Distribution Network) acceleration server and/or a load balancing server can be included.
  • CDN Content Distribution Network
  • the CDN acceleration server inputs the domain name to be accessed based on the user application, the application requests the local DNS to resolve the domain name, the local DNS forwards the request to the primary DNS, and the primary DNS determines the CDN server suitable for the terminal according to the flow distribution policy.
  • Sending the parsed IP address to the terminal the terminal requests the corresponding network content from the corresponding CND node by using the IP address; the load balancing server divides the request according to the preset traffic distribution policy, and distributes the execution service data on the distributed service server. Provides extended server bandwidth, throughput/data computing power, and enhanced network flexibility and availability.
  • a content management system for providing users with rich service content which may include an application management system, a member management system, a payment system, etc.
  • the application management system stores application content associated with the third-party application, that is, the installation package with the application has Associated information, such as package flow value, package name, service provider information, etc.
  • the member management system may store member content for opening/managing services associated with the virtual goods, the member content may include membership level, account, user growth value Etc.
  • the payment system can provide the user with a transfer service, a top-up service, a payment channel, and/or a payment account management service and its corresponding payment product.
  • the cloud storage system includes a non-volatile cloud database and a volatile cloud cache, and can directly read or retrieve the pre-stored network content in the content management system through the cloud cache, and the data structure stored in the cloud cache, such as KV.
  • the structure deployed in a cluster or master-slave manner, is compatible with the Redis protocol, overcoming data loss and service interruption, and can be recreated when the cloud cache is abnormal, and re-read from the cloud database.
  • the third-party service system includes a payment interface (such as WeChat payment) that interfaces with the third-party server and other interfaces in the third-party partner interface, and receives the third-party content required for the request by calling a third-party cooperation interface, and the third-party content is Feedback to the content management system.
  • a payment interface such as WeChat payment
  • Figure 12a illustrates an exemplary graphical user interface (GUI) in a purchase-type application, such as a merchandise detail GUI displayed by a user under a poly-acquisition application.
  • the merchandise details page 100a may display a preferred recommendation area 110a and a non-preferred recommended area on the display screen, wherein the non-preferred recommended area includes an additional recommended area 120a and an associated recommended area 130a.
  • the priority recommendation area 110a includes a product thumbnail for the user to view the virtual item and a plurality of recommended bits distributed in the column direction with the product thumbnail, and the main information for the user to view the virtual item is displayed on each recommended position, and the main information includes : product name, commodity price, merchandise number, sales volume and/or contact information of third-party service providers, service provider contact information such as phone number, instant chat application account number; each recommendation bit is composed of information category and corresponding text information The composition, and the text information for indicating the information category is flush in the column direction, and the recommended position on the line is flush with the product thumbnail, that is, the product information is displayed in a simple manner, which conforms to the user's focusing habit; the priority recommendation area may also include the user a first interface for purchasing a virtual item and a second interface for providing a user with a function of saving item information, wherein the interface may be a graphical interface or a program interface in a purchasing application for the user to quickly from the personalized virtual warehouse Locate the selected product information, such as: the
  • the additional recommendation area 120a includes a plurality of recommended bits distributed in a row direction, each of which displays for the user to view secondary information associated with the virtual item, the secondary information including a first thumbnail for guiding the user to use the virtual item a second thumbnail for the user to view the virtual goods applicable environment (eg, adapter model, hardware and software configuration and its parameters and available functions, etc.) and/or to indicate a third associated with the merchandise provider Thumbnail, in the third thumbnail, the name of the service provider, the service time, and the phone number can be displayed; the number of recommended bits is between 5 and 20, and can be laid out in a paged manner, wherein the recommended position displayed simultaneously with the priority recommended area 110a Located in the visible page, the recommended position in the non-visible page is displayed in time-sharing with the priority recommendation area 110a.
  • the state between the visible page and the non-visual page is switched, such as: the visible area.
  • Five recommended bits are displayed at a time and four recommended bits are hidden in the non-visible area, which
  • the related recommendation area 130a is used to indicate to the user to recommend other virtual goods similar to or hotspots to the virtual product, and the thumbnails of the virtual goods are arranged in a row direction manner in the related recommendation area 130a, and each thumbnail image is included for the link associated with it.
  • the link address of the virtual product information is used to indicate to the user to recommend other virtual goods similar to or hotspots to the virtual product.
  • the merchandise detail page 100a displays the location where the user selects the recommended location with focus, and displays a shadow and selection box (eg, a white outer border) on the recommended location of the focus location.
  • a shadow and selection box eg, a white outer border
  • other methods or configurations may be used to select and/or identify icons.
  • the shadows and focus may include enlarged or enlarged icons and text.
  • the focus default position is on the product thumbnail of the priority recommendation area 110a, and the user can simply move the focus to a recommended position in the priority recommendation area 110a for viewing; or the recommended area where the focus is located.
  • another GUI for interacting with the selected content can be provided to the user.
  • the first message in response to the user selecting an input of the first interface or the second interface in the priority recommendation area 110a, displaying a first message for instructing the commodity provider to stop providing the virtual commodity, the first message is used for
  • the preferred recommendation area 110a at least two first messages may be displayed, the first message 111a is displayed on the upper layer of the product name, and the other first message 112a is distributed in two rows with the first interface.
  • the first message is presented in the form of a message prompt box 112a
  • the message prompt box 112a may include a direction header for pointing to the first interface, the direction header is located at the edge of the message prompt box; and the rendering colors of the message prompt boxes 111a and 112a Highlights the rendered color displayed in the first interface, the text font is smaller than the item name and "Buy Now" displayed in the first interface.
  • a second message indicating a shortage of the number of virtual goods provided by the merchandise service provider is displayed in the priority recommendation area 110a, the first interface and/or the second
  • the rendering color of the interface is gray.
  • the interface does not respond to the command input by the user.
  • the second message is presented in the message prompt boxes 113a and 114a, it is similar to the message prompt boxes 111a and 112a in FIG. 12b. Let me repeat.
  • the message prompt box may display a location message indicating the location associated with the geographic area based on the geographical area where the user is located, such as: the message prompt box displays "Shanghai City" and the second message is "Shanghai City.” Out of stock”; when the first message is popped up in the product details page 100a and the first message contains a location message, the first interface and the second interface are placed in a gray state, indicating that the user can no longer select input for the interface; When the second message is popped up in the detail page 100a and the second message includes the location message, the non-gray state of the first interface remains unchanged, indicating that the user can input the instruction to trigger the first interface, and the second interface is placed in the gray state; In the gray state, the interface does not have focus.
  • Figure 12d is another merchandise detail GUI of the embodiment.
  • the third recommendation interface for the user to select the coupon is further included in the priority recommendation area of the product details page, and the message prompt box is displayed based on the instruction input by the user to the third interface, and the third interface function is included in the third interface.
  • the prompt information, the prompt information such as a 250-yuan coupon, a point card, etc.; the message prompt box displayed in the additional recommendation area 120a includes a coupon for prompting, or between the additional recommended area 120 and the priority recommended area 110a. An empty area.
  • another GUI is overlaid on the merchandise detail GUI 100a, and a plurality of option columns distributed in a row direction are displayed in the user interface 200a.
  • Different option information is displayed in each option column, and the offer information includes the theme name, the preferential price, the expiration date, and the like; the option bar is switched from the uncollected state to the tag for marking the coupon as the receiving state based on the user-entered selection, and the tag is marked.
  • the character can include a tick that differs from the offer information and its rendered color (for example: green or yellow), the tick can be displayed in the option bar, the length of the font number in the line up is less than the length of the option bar, and/or the font number is The width of the column up is not less than the width of the option bar and is in focus.
  • a tick that differs from the offer information and its rendered color (for example: green or yellow)
  • the tick can be displayed in the option bar
  • the length of the font number in the line up is less than the length of the option bar
  • the font number is
  • the width of the column up is not less than the width of the option bar and is in focus.
  • the marker includes a substrate below the tick and above the option bar, the tick is displayed within the substrate, and the substrate is located at the corner of the option bar (eg, upper right corner, upper left corner, or lower right corner)
  • the prompt information for prompting the user to input into the option bar may also be displayed, such as: “receive coupons", "have been robbed, remember to come early next time!”.
  • the product attribute GUI of the present embodiment is shown in Fig. 12f.
  • the item attribute page 300a is displayed on the item detail page 100a in response to an instruction input by the user to the first interface (eg, inputting "OK" or voice through the remote controller) for the user to view the item attribute information associated with the virtual item,
  • the item attribute page 300a may be ejected from the bottom of the display screen, in the column direction, there is a space between the lower edge of the first interface and the upper edge of the article attribute page 300a, and in the line direction, the first interface and the lower edge of the item thumbnail are aligned Ping, this may not affect the user browsing the priority recommendation area 110a.
  • the item attribute page 300a includes classification attribute information, a product thumbnail, and a commodity price associated with the classification attribute information, and displays different product thumbnails and commodity prices based on selection of the classification attribute information by the user input, and the classification attribute information may include The classification theme of the row distribution and the attribute information corresponding to the classification theme, wherein the classification theme includes color classification, size classification, and/or quantity classification, and correspondingly, the attribute information includes white, 32-inch, and “limited purchase two pieces, only 5 remaining Piece”.
  • the product attribute page 300a may further include a fourth interface distributed with the classification attribute information, and the fourth interface displays information for the user to view the commodity order settlement function, such as “de-settlement” or “settlement commodity order”. ”, etc.; may also include prompt information for the user to browse the virtual goods and the display device, such as: “This device can be used in this model” or “This product is adapted to the local device configuration”; the prompt information can be When it is determined that the product adaptation model associated with the product details page 100a and the configuration parameters of the local device match each other, the column is displayed in the category attribute information, and is located on the right side of the product thumbnail in the product attribute page 300a, and the user can Predict the local device (for example, TV) to which the virtual item is applied, and then choose to trigger the item order settlement function for vertical settlement.
  • the local device for example, TV
  • the prompt information 310a for the user to view the classification theme is displayed based on the instruction of the user inputting the fourth interface, such as "please select color” or " The color information is not selected; the prompt information 310a may display the display position corresponding to the product name in the priority recommendation area 110a, or may be the display position corresponding to the classification attribute information, or in a blank area located to the right of the classification attribute information.
  • the foregoing attribute information may be based on the IP address display device querying the virtual warehouse corresponding to the geographical location thereof, predicting whether there is inventory in the commodity warehouse, and setting the attribute information to a gray state when there is no inventory, for example, the user input is 32 inches.
  • the selection device displays the color classification corresponding to 32 inches in the commodity warehouse based on the IP address request. If the query has no inventory, the color classification and its corresponding attribute information are switched to a gray state.
  • the width of the product property page 300a is L1 and the width of the product details page 100a is L2, L2 is greater than L1; the second selected in the product price and classification attribute information in the product property page 300a
  • the level attribute is displayed in two lines, and a thumbnail is displayed on the right side of the secondary attribute, the thumbnail portion partially covering the thumbnail displayed in the item detail page 100a; along the length direction of the display screen, the item detail page 100a and the item attribute page 300a
  • the length is the same, wherein the length direction of the display screen in the television is the direction of the user interface, and the width direction is the column direction.
  • FIG. 12h is a purchase detail GUI of the embodiment.
  • the purchase detail page 400a is displayed based on an instruction input by the user to the fourth interface, and may be overlaid on the item detail page 100a after the item attribute page 300a is hidden or faded; the two-dimensional code is displayed on the purchase detail page 400a, and the two-dimensional code is used Transmitting a first URL address associated with the selected category attribute information, the URL address being identified to generate a payment order; the purchase detail page 400a may further include a guide map and prompt information associated with the guide map, wherein An icon of an application for scanning the two-dimensional code may be displayed in the guide map, the prompt information may include text information indicating the name of the application and text information for indicating a purchase function of the two-dimensional code, Such as: "Please use the ⁇ ⁇ application to scan the QR code to complete the purchase.”
  • the mobile terminal may link to the payment page by scanning the foregoing two-dimensional code, so that the user retrieves the third-party payment page for the payment paging operation, and feeds back information to the television for indicating the success of the payment of the goods order after completing the payment of the virtual currency. In order for the TV to generate a merchandise order.
  • the product order GUI corresponding to "My Order” is entered, as shown in Fig. 12i, the focus is on the "All" option bar by default, and the input of the switching focus is received and responded to by the user. , positioning the focus on the "to be shipped” option bar, and displaying the thumbnail for the user to view the merchandise order on the right side; in response to the focus when the focus is switched from the "to be shipped” option bar to the aforementioned thumbnail
  • the trigger instruction input on the thumbnail displays the order details information, including the virtual item information displayed on the item details page 100a and the attribute information selected based on the user on the user interface 300a, and details are not described herein again.
  • the selected thumbnail image 600a (hereinafter referred to as a large image page for ease of description) is displayed in an enlarged manner based on the input of the recommended bit in the additional recommended area 120a, and is displayed in the large image page for use in the large image page.
  • the user purchases the fifth interface 620a of the virtual item, and the fifth interface 620a may include an input mode and a price for the user to browse the main information in the main information, such as: “99 yuan
  • the instruction is continuously switched based on the user (such as the left button or the right button) to switch to the large page, and when switching to the first page in the large page, the prompt information for the user to view the return from the large page to the product detail page is displayed in the home page.
  • the prompt information includes a page number for characterizing the first page, and button information for characterizing the input mode, such as: “the first page, continue to press the left button to return to the details page” or “is already the first page, continue the left button Return to the product details page from the large image page; when switching to the last page in the large page, the prompt information 640a is displayed in the last page, such as "last page, continue to press the right button to return to the details page", as shown in Figure 13b
  • the number of large pages includes the page number and the total number of pages.
  • the direction head can also be displayed within a preset time based on the input command.
  • the preset time is between 1-3 seconds. In this embodiment, the preset time is 1 second, which is a brief state.
  • the prompt information 640a is displayed in the product detail page 100a, as shown in FIG. 13c, in the embodiment, the prompt information is displayed within a preset 2 seconds and Hidden for more than 2 seconds.
  • a mobile terminal eg, a smartphone, a PAD, or a wearable device, etc.
  • a binding relationship with the PC terminal through a two-dimensional code displayed on (eg, a television, a desktop computer), and the binding can be performed.
  • the relationship is stored in the mobile terminal, and may also be uploaded to the server to return information to the PC terminal based on the binding relationship, wherein the information is obtained from the server based on the local URL address carried in the two-dimensional code, and the two-dimensional code is obtained.
  • a touch command input to a shopping application in a mobile phone entering a two-dimensional code recognition page, and scanning a two-dimensional code on the television to obtain a first user account and a model of the shopping application on the television. And establishing a binding relationship between the first user account, the model of the machine, and the second user account of the shopping application on the mobile phone, thereby enabling the mobile phone to upload the binding relationship to the cloud server for the mobile phone to the cloud.
  • the server sends the request the network content matching the second user account is fed back based on the binding relationship.
  • FIG. 14a a schematic diagram of a mobile phone based on a two-dimensional code displayed on a television is shown in FIG. 14a.
  • the user interface 700a displayed on the television includes a two-dimensional code carrying a television identifier (such as a TV model, a motherboard parameter, or a unique identifier such as a virtual account number) and a URL address for requesting network data from the server, the mobile phone Switching to the newly created page 100b by identifying the URL address through the scan page, loading the aforementioned network data and page elements (such as controls or recommendation bits) for displaying the network data on the page 100b, wherein the page element includes the binding
  • the control 110b, the binding control 110b establishes a binding relationship with the TV identifier based on the instruction input by the user; in order to conform to the user's habit, the binding control 110b may be configured at the lower end of the homepage so that the display position can fall into the thumb of the user.
  • the operating range; on the page 100b, the user can also
  • the login control 210b for logging in the virtual account is displayed in the login page 200b, based on the user's input to the login control 210b.
  • Switching from the login page 200b to the home page associated with the television service provider eg, public number.
  • a first recommended content for indicating its interconnection function may be displayed on the binding control 110b, such as: "Binding device” or “interconnect terminal”; displayable on the login control 210b
  • the second recommended content is: "Entering the public number” or "Login service provider account”
  • the binding control 110 switches the first recommended content to the second recommendation based on the instruction input by the user.
  • the page 100b may be configured as a login page 200b, and the binding control 110b and the login control 210b may be displayed in a double row in the page 100b, where the length direction of the display screen in the mobile phone is the column direction of the page. The width direction is the direction of the page.
  • the home page GUI in this embodiment is shown in FIG. 14c.
  • the home page 300b is displayed based on an instruction input by the user to the login control 210b for the user to view the push content associated with the service provider, the home page 300b includes a non-preferred recommendation area and a preferred recommendation area 320b, and the non-preferred recommended area includes an additional recommended area 310b and The rating recommendation area 330b, wherein the additional recommendation area 310 may include a fallback interface for exiting the login page 200b and/or for indicating a topic name associated with the homepage content, such as: "micro TV", "game peripherals - Mobile phone” or "product details", etc., preferably the recommendation area 320b is used to push hot content associated with the service provider or virtual item to the user.
  • a plurality of first-level classification columns are displayed in the rating recommendation area 330b, and the first-level classification column displays a secondary classification column on the homepage 300b based on an instruction input by the user, or switches to display for user browsing and display on the primary classification column.
  • the page 400b displayed after the user clicks on the secondary category bar of the "TV Mall" in this embodiment is shown in FIG. 14d.
  • the page 400b is included in the additional recommended area, the preferred recommended area, and the hierarchical recommended area.
  • the display position of each recommended area can be referred to FIG. 330b, and details are not described herein again.
  • the additional recommendation area includes a search interface for the user to input the search term, and the item matching the search term is displayed in the preferred recommendation area in response to the input in the search interface.
  • the content, and the rating recommendation column includes a first-level classification column for the user to view the navigation page and a first-level recommendation column for indicating the personalized virtual warehouse, and the "category" can be displayed separately in the first-level recommendation column.
  • a "shopping cart" wherein a plurality of merchandise classification columns may be included in the navigation pagination, and based on the merchandise classification column selected by the user, the merchandise content for the user to match the merchandise classification column is displayed in the right partition.
  • a merchandise detail page 500b of the present embodiment is shown in Fig. 14e.
  • the product content selected by the user is switched from the page 400b to the item detail page 500b, and only the preferred recommended area and the additional recommended area 520 are included in the item details page 500b, and the preferred recommended area includes a model for indicating the virtual item adapted to the TV type.
  • the identifier 510b, the model identifier 510b is: EC500 or / and K7100), and the additional recommendation area 520b includes a plurality of option columns distributed in a single row, such as: "shopping immediately" option bar, "joining the shopping cart" from right to left.
  • Option bar "shopping cart” option bar, and "home” option bar; adding product content to the personalized virtual repository based on the first instruction entered by the user in the "Add to Cart” option bar; in response to the "shopping cart”
  • the second instruction entered in the option bar retrieves the merchandise content for the user to view the recorded in the personalized virtual repository; in response to the third instruction entered in the "Home” option bar, switches from the merchandise details page 500b to the home page 300b.
  • the model identification 510b matches the configured model, and the user is provided according to the matching result.
  • Different recommendation strategies are suitable for the peripheral devices corresponding to the virtual goods to adapt to a large number of TV-type time models, which are not convenient for the user to browse, thereby causing the user to mistakenly purchase the peripheral devices and need to return the goods, which can improve the user experience.
  • the configured model is preset in the television and used to identify the television environment for transmission to the mobile terminal to which it is bound.
  • the prompt information 530b for the user browsing and the model is not displayed is displayed on the merchandise details page 500b, and at least part of the prompt information 530b is used for
  • the first information indicating the matching result is the prompt information 530b displayed in the form of a pop-up window, wherein the first information is, for example, "your model does not support” or "model does not match the product";
  • the target identification in the model identification 510b matches the configured model number
  • the order page 600b for the user to browse the order information associated with the virtual item is displayed, as shown in FIG. 14g.
  • the prompt information 530b presented in the form of a message balloon may include a configured model for indicating that the model is not adapted to the alert icon and/or for user browsing and for providing user purchase virtual
  • the second information associated with the functional interface of the product such as: "TV model MU5600 does not support the gaming device, please purchase with caution”; may also include a first graphical interface for the user to confirm the purchase of the virtual goods and / or for The user stops buying the second graphical interface of the virtual item; displaying the order page 600b based on the user inputting the instruction to the first graphic interface, retiring the prompt information 530b in response to the input to the second graphic interface, and retiring at the prompt information 530b
  • the product details page 500b is displayed or returned to the page 400b; the third information for instructing to confirm the purchase of the virtual item may be displayed on the first graphic interface, and the fourth information indicating the retiring prompt information may be displayed on the second graphic interface.
  • the third information is: “continue to buy” or "confirm purchase", the fourth information such
  • the order information 610b associated with the virtual goods and the user and the order interface 620b for providing the user with the upload of the order information to the server may be displayed in the order page 600b; the order information 610b includes the item information and the user information, wherein the item information is as follows: Payment fee, product attribute, product name, etc., user information such as: user name, contact number, recipient address, etc.; based on the input operation at the display position of the order interface 620b, the payment page is displayed on at least part of the area of the order page 600b .
  • the payout window 630b of the present embodiment is shown in Fig. 14h.
  • a payment popup 630b is displayed on the upper layer of the middle area of the order page 600, the middle area is the area between the line occupied by the order interface 620b and the line occupied by the user information;
  • the payment popup 630b includes for user browsing and order Information associated with the information and graphical interface 631b;
  • the information associated with the order information may include at least the item price, and may also include the item name and/or merchant information associated with the service provider providing the virtual item, on the graphical interface 631b Displaying prompt information for the user to browse its payment function, such as: “confirm payment”; calling a payment interface provided by a third-party platform (eg, WeChat platform) based on the instruction input to the graphic interface 631b, providing the user with a graphical interface Subsequent operations for paying virtual currency are not described here.
  • a third-party platform eg, WeChat platform
  • a pop-up window and a virtual keyboard are displayed on the payment page 700b, the pop-up window including an input box and a payment interface for indicating a transfer to a third-party payment platform, ie, a third-party payment interface, in response
  • the payment price associated with the transfer amount is displayed in the input box, and the third-party payment interface is switched from the gray state to the non-gray state, for example, when the first operation is entered on the virtual keyboard. , from gray to indicate that the input to the third-party interface is not possible.
  • the prompt information displayed in the form of a page 800b in the present embodiment is shown.
  • the page 800b is linked based on the user's input in the item details page 500b, and may include a status bar 810b for the user to browse the phone and television unbound information.
  • a function interface for the user to view the binding manual is included, "How to bind the TV?” prompt information displayed on the function interface; for indicating the commodity attribute information received from the network and the configured local Prompt information that the device information is not adapted, such as "the game device only supports a specific TV model”; and/or prompt information for guiding user behavior, such as: "Please determine your TV Machine model” and "Please bind TV first”.
  • the page 800b may also include a function interface 820b for the user to confirm the purchase of the product, a function interface 830b for providing the callout QR code scanner, a function interface 840b for indicating the exit of the page 800b, the function interface 820b, 830b, 840b It is distributed in three rows, and is sequentially shown as “continue to buy", “sweep bundled TV” and “cancel".
  • a product details page 900b of the present embodiment is shown in Fig. 17a.
  • the product detail page 900b may further include a function area b and virtual item information;
  • the function area 910b serves as a television type webpage element bound by the user to the mobile phone, and may provide a function interface for switching the television type to the user, and the application detects the The current model number displayed in the function area 910b is switched by the input of the function interface.
  • the current model number is shown by MU8600, and information indicating the function of the switcher model can be displayed in the function interface, and the information is replaced by
  • the model area 910b may also include content associated with the current model, such as "the model you are binding to”; in the content recommendation area 920b located in the lower portion of the function area 910b, the display and the current machine Recommended content for model adaptation;
  • the machine model page 930b of the present embodiment is shown in Fig. 17b.
  • the machine model page 930b includes a plurality of TV models adapted to the mobile phone, wherein the default model on the current model 931b Marking information indicating that a binding relationship has been established, such as " ⁇ "; based on the target model 932b selected by the user, the marking information may be switched to a row position corresponding to the target model 932b;
  • the exit interface for indicating the exit machine model page 930b returns to the product details page 900b in response to a click command input to the exit interface.
  • the product content includes a first content for indicating matching with a locally configured machine model and a second content requested from the content management system, wherein the first content such as "K680 supports the following game peripherals ( A total of X pieces) can exclude the display interference of the product content corresponding to other machine models, and directly display the product content corresponding to the model selected by the user, in order to improve the user experience.
  • the television may further include an application store type application for managing recommended content associated with the application installation package received from the application management system, wherein the application installation package is a television manufacturer or a third party.
  • the free virtual goods provided by the service provider that is, the virtual goods that the user does not need to pay for the virtual currency for the virtual goods
  • the recommended content is based on the user triggering a preset event in the application store application, through which the television accesses
  • the network such as LAN or World Wide Web
  • the recommended content may include overview information associated with the application installation package, such as the package name of the application installation package, the package flow value, and / or provide the user with the service provider information of the application installation package;
  • the TV can automatically trigger the application installation package received from the application management system, and then automatically install the application (for convenience of description, the following process of automatically downloading and installing is called For silent installation), in silent installation mode, because the user does not need to manually install , No perception of the
  • FIG. 18a A user graphical interface of the application store application of the present embodiment is shown in FIG. 18a.
  • the user graphical interface 800a includes a row-to-recommendation column 810a and a column-to-recommendation column 820a, and a content display area located between the row-to-recommendation column 810a and the column to the right column of the recommendation bar; the column-to-recommended column 820a may include an app store-like application.
  • the program shown as "application”; detects the moving position of the focus in the column to the recommendation column 820a, and when the focus moves to the application store application, displays the classification option bar corresponding thereto in the row to the recommendation column 810a, such as: “Featured” option bar, "Audio” option bar, “Music options bar”, “Comic” option bar, "K song” option bar, “Tops” option bar, etc., and display to the application management in the content display area
  • the application installation package information requested by the system such as: a thumbnail for the user to browse the classification of the application installation package, text information corresponding to the category, and/or personalized text information, and personalized text information such as “Sweeping after the holiday” or “Summoning energy inspirational sailing” may also include textual information associated with third-party service providers (eg Rainbow Music, Braun K song) / Or application icon in the content display area as a thumbnail to display the recommended position preceding the application installation information.
  • third-party service providers eg Rainbow Music, Braun K song
  • a priority recommendation area 830a and an additional recommendation area outside the priority recommendation area 830a are included in the content display area, and the first recommended position for the user to browse the application installation package information associated with the third party service provider may be included in the additional recommendation area.
  • the user graphical interface 800a whose focus is positioned on the first recommended position 840a is the present embodiment.
  • the focus is moved based on the user's input in the user graphical interface 800a, and when the focus is positioned at the first recommendation bit 840a, the preset is triggered in response to a click command (eg, an OK key or a voice matching the content) that the user inputs thereto.
  • a click command eg, an OK key or a voice matching the content
  • the prompt information may include information associated with the size of the application installation package.
  • the information associated with the size of the application installation package may further include a packet flow value, a package name, a number of color bits of each image, an image resource size at a different display device resolution, and the like.
  • the association information is presented on the user interface with the first graphical element 1841a, for example, the associated information is presented on the upper layer of the first recommendation bit 840a as "the content to be viewed has 120MB.”
  • the prompt information may also include textual information and functional interfaces associated with the service provider. Among them, the text information is as follows: "The content to be viewed is provided by the XX service provider.”
  • the functional interface can be a graphical interface or a program interface.
  • the graphical interface may be presented in the form of a button comprising a first interface for providing a confirmation for the user to enter the silent installation function and a second interface for providing the user with a hidden prompt information function, the first interface being displayable as "quick access”
  • the button ie, the second graphical element 1842a
  • the second interface can be displayed as a "I think again” button (ie, the third graphical element 1843a), so that the user can be provided with different choices before silent installation, applicable
  • the silent installation time is long and the user thinks that the TV is dead, thereby improving the user experience.
  • the focus is positioned on the function interface based on the input of the user selection prompt information; when the focus is located on the second interface, the prompt information is hidden in response to the click event invoked by the second interface, and the display is displayed on the first recommendation bit 840a.
  • the web content obtained in the application management system.
  • the transition GUI displayed after inputting an instruction to the first interface is the embodiment.
  • the updated user graphical interface 800a is the transition interface 850a.
  • the transition interface 850a triggers a click event based on an instruction input to the first interface.
  • the prompt information overlaid on the first recommended bit 840a is hidden and overlaid on the user graphical interface 800a; the display is displayed in the filtering interface.
  • the thumbnail may be switched left and right based on a selection instruction input by the user; and may further include configuring between the thumbnail and the progress bar Prompt for personalized information, such as "Please wait patiently during data loading" or "Slightly wait for a moment, the wonderful content is presented immediately.", to improve the user experience; when the application installation package silent installation ends When the application is launched automatically and the application details GUI is entered, the third-party content is automatically drained.
  • the application details GUI of this embodiment is as shown in FIG.
  • the application details interface 900a includes application content associated with the "K song" option bar for the user to browse services associated with the third party application; the application content may include a topic name, a function interface, and an introduction corresponding to the application installation package
  • the description information of the application installation package service may be between the line where the topic name is located and the line where the function interface is located, and may include: an application source channel, a usage environment, an applicable user group, and the like; the function interface may be included for the user.
  • another user graphical interface 850a for user browsing prompt information is displayed over the user graphical interface 800a in response to an instruction entered for the first recommended bit 840a, as shown in Figure 20a, at the user graphical interface.
  • 850a can display the packet traffic value of the application installation package, such as "The content to be viewed is provided by xxx (120M)"; the first interface for providing confirmation to the user to enter the silent installation function is shown as "silent installation",
  • the user intuitively browses the information corresponding to the function of the first interface to improve the user experience; for the fusion display, the transparency of the user graphical interface 850a (eg, 90%) may be higher than the transparency of the user graphical interface 800a (eg, 10%).
  • the rendered color of the user graphical interface 800a protrudes from the rendered color of the user graphical interface 850a, such as the rendered color of the user graphical interface 800a is light gray (RGB values are 193, 193, 193) and the rendered color of the user graphical interface 850a is white ( The RGB values are 255, 255, 255), so that the user can focus on the user graphical interface 850a while displaying the prompt while browsing the content on the user graphical interface 800a.
  • the rendered color of the user graphical interface 800a is light gray (RGB values are 193, 193, 193) and the rendered color of the user graphical interface 850a is white ( The RGB values are 255, 255, 255), so that the user can focus on the user graphical interface 850a while displaying the prompt while browsing the content on the user graphical interface 800a.
  • the focus default position is on the first interface
  • the first interface is switched from the default state to the selected state
  • the focus is not positioned to provide the user with the second interface that hides the prompt information function.
  • the second interface is also in a default state, wherein the default state and the selected state can be distinguished by a color, a display area, or an icon, such as: the default state is white and the selected state is dark gray.
  • FIG. 20b Another user graphical interface 800a of the present embodiment is shown in Figure 20b.
  • the prompt information may be only text information, and does not include a function interface; silently installing the slave application in the television based on the first instruction input by the user to the first recommendation bit 840a
  • An application installation package that requests downloading in the management system; based on the second instruction for inputting a different instruction from the first instruction, the prompt information is discarded from the first recommendation bit 840a, and the prompt information may be corresponding to the lower right corner of the first recommendation bit 840a.
  • the display area is hidden; the first instruction may be an instruction in the television corresponding to the "OK" button on the remote controller, and the second instruction is an instruction in the television corresponding to the "return"
  • FIG. 20c Another user graphical interface 800a of the present embodiment is shown in Figure 20c.
  • the upper layer of the first recommendation bit 840a displays a first interface for the user to browse the text information associated with the third party service provider and the application installation package, and the text information is distributed in a single line, the first interface is shown as "silent installation” Sending a request to the application management system in response to the first instruction input to the "silent installation” interface, downloading and automatically installing the application installation package; in response to the second instruction input to the first recommendation bit 840a, hiding the prompt information to The first recommendation bit is displayed; the first instruction may be an instruction that matches the "Enter Quiet Installation" keyword in the voice, and the second instruction may be an instruction that matches the "Exit Quiet Installation” keyword in the voice.
  • the time when the prompt information is displayed on the first recommendation bit 840a or the user graphical interface 800a may also be configured, and the configured preset time may be between 2-5 seconds, and the application is applied in the preset time.
  • the silent installation can be started. Otherwise, the prompt information is automatically hidden, so that the first recommendation bit 840 or the user graphical interface 800a returns to the state; the prompt content may further include a pre-judgment time for the user to browse the installation progress of the application. For example, "The app is installed for about 1 minute" to improve the user experience.
  • the user described above selects the content received by the television or the mobile phone from the access network from the user interface, and identifies the content information based on the input of the selected content, thereby displaying the prompt information associated with the recognition result in the user interface,
  • the specific implementation may be combined with the description of other embodiments, and details are not described herein. It should be understood, however, that the present application may be embodied in a variety
  • the embodiment provides a method 2100 for implementing application display by moving a focus or clicking operation after entering a display device (such as a TV or mobile phone) application (such as a shopping or application store application).
  • a display device such as a TV or mobile phone
  • FIGS. 21a-21c show a general execution sequence of method 2100, method 2100 can include more or fewer steps, or the order of its steps can be arranged in a different order than method 2100 shown in FIG.
  • Method 2100 is a set of computer-executable instructions executable by a computer system or processor, encoded or stored on a computer-readable medium, or embodied as an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC) or field-programmable gate array that can perform the method. Circuitry in (FPGA).
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA field-programmable gate array
  • Figure 21a conceptually illustrates a process 2100 of certain embodiments in which a user selects recommended content on a television.
  • the process 2100 begins by receiving (at 2101) an instruction for multiple triggering a shopping-like application to enter a first user interface (commodity details GUI) that can be accessed by a user's remote control button, gesture, or touch screen
  • a first user interface modity details GUI
  • the set of user interactions is either received by some variant.
  • the process determines to access the virtual item information from the virtual merchandise management system during the process of entering the first user interface, and to display the virtual item information in different partitions of the first user interface, wherein the partition includes the priority recommendation area and the non-priority recommendation area (eg, an additional recommendation area and/or a related recommendation area), detecting an input of switching the focus position in the first user interface, and moving the focus to the target recommendation position, the target recommendation position may be in the priority recommendation area or the non-priority recommendation area Enter an instruction corresponding to the left, right, up, or down buttons in the television; the focus moves to the first interface in the priority recommendation area (such as the "Buy Now" control) to provide the user with virtual goods purchases.
  • the first interface of the function is the target recommendation bit; the focus can also be moved from the preferred recommendation area to the target recommendation position in the additional recommendation area for the user to view the content associated with the third party application.
  • the process then detects (at 2103) a first input on the target recommendation bit, the first input, such as an instruction in the television corresponding to the OK button, the device identifying the item in the virtual item information received based on the access network in response to the trigger command Attribute information; displaying prompt information on the upper layer of the first user interface according to the recognition result, for the user to view the prompt information associated with the first recognition result; displaying the second user interface on the upper layer of the first user interface for the user to view and the second Identify the results associated with the results.
  • the first input such as an instruction in the television corresponding to the OK button
  • the device detects a trigger command for displaying an "immediate purchase" graphical interface input, identifying a category of information received from the virtual merchandise management system; and when the information category is for indicating the number of items in the virtual merchandise management system
  • the first information category is less than the preset threshold
  • the first message prompt box is displayed at the corresponding position of the graphic interface and the product name
  • the second message prompt box is displayed between the graphic interface and the additional recommended area.
  • the message prompt box and the second message prompt box display the same prompt information for the user to browse the text information associated with the foregoing first information category, and the message prompt box has the same level and higher than the product detail GUI.
  • the second message prompt box may also be displayed in an area between the first message prompt box and the foregoing graphic interface, and may be regressed beyond a preset time, and the preset time may be 1 second and 1.5 seconds, which is a lightweight display;
  • the prompt information is that the goods have been removed; and when the first information category is used to indicate that the number of virtual goods is greater than 0 and less than a preset threshold, the prompt information is that the goods are out of stock.
  • the second user interface is displayed on the item detail GUI, and the second user interface is used for the user to select the item.
  • the device detects a first input on the target recommendation bit 840a (graphical interface), determines a size relationship between a packet flow value of the application installation package and a preset threshold, and the packet flow value may be a startup application.
  • the homepage 800a (first user interface) accesses the application management system; when the packet traffic value is less than the preset threshold, the television accesses the application management system according to the URL address corresponding to the target recommendation bit 840a, and receives the feedback application installation package, And then silently installing the application installation package; at the end of the silent installation, after hiding the first user interface and the second user interface for the user to browse the silent installation progress, displaying the third user for the user to view the application information associated with the installed application interface.
  • the product homepage GUI 850a is overlaid on the application home page 800a, including the packet flow value and an interface for providing a function of silently installing the application installation package, the interface being shown as "silent installation";
  • the application installation package is silently installed in response to inputting the same instruction to the interface as the first input.
  • a message prompt box may also be displayed on the target recommendation bit 840a, the message prompting the box packet flow value and the content associated with the third party service provider, and the device does not detect the message prompt box within the preset time.
  • the input is hidden from the message prompt box, and the preset time can be between 3-6 seconds.
  • the device 2110 detects a second input (right shift or down shift command) that moves the focus in the item attribute GUI to position the focus at the secondary attribute (2111), in response to the secondary attribute input of the focus point.
  • a third input (2112), the third input being of the same type as the first input, the second attribute selected by the second input may be marked, and the selected first category is identified from the at least two first level attributes according to the status of the mark Attribute and second categorical attribute.
  • the device detects a move down command to move the focus to the color attribute (primary attribute) in the item attribute page 300a, positioning the focus to the "red” (secondary attribute) recommendation bit, which is displayed in the "red” recommendation bit for The user views the selected white border, and displays "selected red” at the same time as the item price; in response to the OK command entered on the "white” recommendation bit, it is grayed out to indicate the "white” recommendation position.
  • the number of items corresponding to the white attribute in the content management system that are not selectable and characterization is less than a preset threshold.
  • the device detects the "32" (secondary attribute) recommendation bit from the “red” recommendation bit down to the size attribute (primary attribute), and the "32" recommendation bit switches from no white border.
  • the white border disappears and the white border on the "white” recommendation bit disappears; in response to the OK command entered on the "32" recommended position, "Red, 32" is displayed.
  • the detection focus is moved from the "32" recommended position to the number corresponding to the quantity attribute (level attribute) (secondary attribute attribute), in response to the number of times the OK command is input on the number of recommended bits, A value equal to the number of times is displayed, and the value is simultaneously displayed on the "de-settlement" recommendation bit that is distributed in two rows with the quantity attribute.
  • the detection focus is switched from the number of pushes to the "de-settlement" recommendation bit, and the focus is positioned thereon.
  • the first-level attribute is not selected based on the white border and the numerical value.
  • the second classification attribute and the first classification attribute that has been selected.
  • the color attribute is determined as one
  • the second category attribute in the level attribute displays a message prompt box for the user to browse the color attribute not selected on the item detail page 100a, the level of the message box is higher than the level of the product detail page 100a, and the item attribute page 300a The level is the same.
  • the large page 600a overlaid on the top of the item details page 100a includes the current picture and the page number recommendation bit 630a on the current picture, and the page recommendation bit 630a includes the total page number of the thumbnail in the additional recommended area 120a ( a first-level attribute) and a page number (secondary attribute) of the order in which the current picture belongs; the device detects a command to shift the current picture to the right (second input) and switches the current picture to the last page corresponding to the thumbnail in the additional recommended area 120a.
  • the page number is displayed as 9, and a message prompt box 640a is displayed on the upper page of the last page; in response to the third input input to the last page, the item detail page 100 is returned and a message prompt box is displayed in the display area corresponding to the item name, and the message prompt box is displayed.
  • the preset time is hidden; wherein the third input is of the same type as the second input, and unlike the first input type, the message prompt frame is higher than the large page 600a, and the large page 600a is higher than the upper page 600a.
  • the focus in response to an instruction to switch the focus from the preferred recommendation area to the additional recommended area, the focus may be located in the first page of the plurality of thumbnails distributed in the direction of the "product introduction" theme, in response to the home page.
  • the first user interface 600a is displayed by clicking the upper command; the device 2110 detects that the first input of the current thumbnail is switched on the first user interface 600a (2102); in response to the first input (2103), the identification The number of pages in the total number of thumbnails of the current thumbnail; when the number of pages is the first page, the first message prompt box associated with the first page is displayed on the first user interface 600a; when the number of pages is the last page A second message prompt box associated with the last page is displayed on the upper layer of the first user interface 600a.
  • the device 2200 displays a first user interface (2210) in response to a trigger command input to an application installed in the display device, and displays in the first user interface the received from the content association system based on the access network.
  • Virtual merchandise information and a first recommendation bit for a user to view content associated with the virtual merchandise information the content recommendation bit including a function control for retrieving a local interface (eg, an immediate purchase control) or for invoking a content management system a graphical interface (such as a thumbnail) of the medium-remote interface, that is, a second recommendation bit; in response to the first instruction (2220) inputting the first recommended bit, determining attribute information in the virtual item information and a pre-configured pre-preparation in the local device Whether the parameter is matched, the second user interface is displayed on the upper layer of the first user interface, and the second user interface includes the foregoing second recommendation bit and the prompt information for indicating the adaptation of the attribute information, wherein the preset parameter may be a wireless-based comparison The preset
  • the device detects and responds to the second instruction (2240) having the same type as the first instruction input to the second recommendation bit, and displays a third user interface on the structure higher than the first user interface level, and the third user interface may be based on the After the user interface is hidden, the second user interface is hidden and returned to the first user interface in response to inputting a third instruction (2250) different from the first instruction type to the second user interface.
  • the mobile phone displays and virtualizes the virtual item information that is sent to the virtual item management server and receives the feedback based on the trigger instruction of the user inputting the third party application in the item detail page 500b (first user interface).
  • the main information in the product information (such as the product name, price, etc.) and the TV model in the additional recommendation area 520 that can be adapted to the virtual item, and the immediate purchase control for providing the virtual item purchase service.
  • the immediate purchase control In response to the first instruction (click command) input to the immediate purchase control, it is determined whether there is a television model in the additional recommended area 520b of the same model as the preset model; when there is the same as the preset model In the case of the TV model, a pop-up window is displayed on the upper side of the merchandise details page 500b, and the pop-up window is the second user interface, and the pop-up window includes a continuous purchase control for the user to confirm the virtual merchandise purchase service.
  • the first user interface receives and In response to a third input (eg, a double tap command) identified on the fingerprint reader, the pop-up window is hidden to return to the merchandise details page 500b.
  • a third input eg, a double tap command
  • the attribute information may be displayed on the first recommendation bit 840a.
  • the package name in response to the first instruction input to the first recommendation bit 840a (such as an OK button), determining the size relationship between the packet flow value in the attribute information and the packet flow threshold; when the packet flow value is greater than or equal to the packet flow rate At the threshold, the second user interface is overlaid on the first recommendation bit 840a, and the second user interface includes a silent installation control, that is, a second recommendation bit.
  • the third user interface is displayed on the upper layer of the first user interface after hiding the second user interface, and the third user interface includes a progress for the user to browse the progress of the silent installation. And deleting the second user interface and returning the focus in the first user interface to the first recommendation bit 840a in response to the third instruction input to the first recommendation bit 840a, such as an instruction matching the return button on the remote controller status.
  • the second user interface may further include a second recommendation bit (eg, cancel the control or I look at the control again), and the device 2200 receives and responds to the fourth fourth instruction input with the same fourth instruction
  • a second recommendation bit eg, cancel the control or I look at the control again
  • the device 2200 receives and responds to the fourth fourth instruction input with the same fourth instruction
  • the device 2300 receives and responds to an input associated with the first user interface (2310), determining whether the virtual item information received from the content management system matches the locally stored attribute information; in response to the first user Displaying a second user interface by selecting input of content in the interface, the second user interface includes two option fields, the option bar includes virtual item information matching the attribute information; receiving and responding to input of the selection option bar, displaying in the option bar Used to indicate the status of the tag it is selected for.
  • FIGS. 12d, 12e-1, and 12e-2 receiving and responding to an instruction input to the coupon control 115a, determining whether a number of coupons received from the content management system is a size relationship with a preset threshold 1;
  • Another user interface 100a is displayed on the merchandise details page 100a, the user interface 100a includes at least two coupons; based on the input for selecting the coupon, a mark status for indicating that it is selected is added to the coupon for indicating The check mark of the mark status can be displayed at the corner position or the middle position of the coupon.
  • the prompt information for the user to browse the coupon is displayed in the merchandise details page 100a.
  • the merchandise details page 900b includes a model number for indicating the connection between the mobile phone and the television in the function area 910b, the model of the mobile phone being received from the television based on the access network; receiving and responding to Entering the entry into the product details page 900b for the shopping application, identifying the current model 931b and the product content matching the current model 931b from the plurality of models, and displaying them in the function area 910b and the content display area, respectively.
  • the machine model page 930 includes a plurality of option fields, each of which displays a reception from the content management system
  • the machine model is displayed, and the flag status is displayed in the selection bar of the current model 931b for the user to view the TV connected to the mobile phone, and the flag status is shown by a tick symbol and a binding model.
  • the flag state is switched to the other option bar, and other option fields such as "K680" belong to the option bar 932b, and correspondingly, on the product details page 900b.
  • the middle machine switches the current model 931b to K680.
  • the device in the mobile terminal identifies the first network content requested by the access network to the merchandise management server and the other bound to the mobile terminal in response to an instruction entered into the first web page.
  • the first model of the display device eg, a television
  • the virtual product information in the first network content and the second model model adapted to the virtual product information are displayed on the first webpage.
  • each option bar includes different a second model; in response to the second touch command input on the target option bar, switching the status content displayed on the current selection bar to the target option bar, the status content is used to indicate the second machine in the option bar
  • the model has been bound to the mobile terminal; in response to the third touch command input on the second webpage, switching from the second webpage to the first webpage and refreshing the first webpage, on the first webpage, the first option bar
  • the current model is switched to the target model in the target option bar, and the virtual product information matching the target model is updated to match the virtual product information of the current model, in order to facilitate searching for product information and improving the user experience.
  • the mobile terminal may send a request to the commodity management system in response to the second touch instruction, and the commodity management system queries the target virtual commodity information based on the binding relationship between the virtual commodity information and the target model in response to the request, that is, The virtual commodity information adapted by the target model, the mobile terminal receives the target virtual commodity information, wherein the binding relationship includes a user account of the shopping application on the mobile terminal and a user account on the other display device, and is configured in the
  • the second model of the other display device is established by the mobile terminal scanning the two-dimensional code on the other display device, and can be uploaded by the mobile terminal to the product management server, so as to improve the efficiency of loading the content on the webpage.
  • the mobile terminal in response to the first touch instruction, querying the second model based on the binding relationship; and responding to the second touch instruction, identifying that the first web content is requested when entering the first webpage
  • the target virtual item information in the filter to filter out the target virtual item information, and even if the access network is disconnected, the user can search for the virtual item information locally to improve the user experience.
  • system components can be located remotely from a distributed network such as a LAN and/or the Internet. End, or in a dedicated system. Therefore, it should be understood that components of the system can be combined into one or more devices, such as a set top box or television, or on a particular node of a distributed network, such as an analog and/or digital telecommunications network, a packet switched network, or a circuit switched network. Parallel other devices.
  • system components can be located anywhere within the distributed component network without affecting the operation of the system.
  • switches such as PBXs and media servers, gateways
  • communication devices such as PBXs and media servers, gateways
  • user sites such as PBXs and media servers, gateways
  • one or more functional portions of the system can be distributed between the telecommunication device and the associated computing device.
  • connection can be wired or wireless, or any combination thereof, or any other known or later developed element capable of data providing and/or data communication with the connected elements.
  • wired or wireless connections can also be secure connections that can transmit encrypted information.
  • the transmission medium used as the connection may be any suitable electronic signal carrier, including coaxial cables, copper wires, and optical fibers, and may be acoustic waves or light waves, such as sound waves or light waves generated during radio wave and infrared data transmission.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Multimedia (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Human Computer Interaction (AREA)
  • Software Systems (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • User Interface Of Digital Computer (AREA)
  • Information Transfer Between Computers (AREA)

Abstract

The present application provides a method to facilitate browsing of application installation progress in a display device, and relates to the field of displays. The method comprises: displaying in a first user interface network content obtained by means of the display device accessing an application management system, the network content comprising the package flow value of an application installation package; in response to a first command input in the first user interface, displaying a second user interface above the first user interface, said second user interface comprising first prompt content used to indicate that the package flow value matches a preset parameter configured in the display device; in response to the input of a second command of the same type as the first command, displaying a third user interface above the first user interface, said third user interface comprising second prompt content used to allow the user to browse application installation progress, and silently installing in the display device the application installation package corresponding to the package flow value. Application packages can thus be silently installed for the user based on prompt choices, which can improve user experience.

Description

显示设备display screen
相关申请的交叉引用Cross-reference to related applications
本专利申请要求于2018年3月15日提交的、申请号为201810212881.1、发明名称为“智能电视以及便于浏览显示设备中应用安装进度的方法”的中国专利申请的优先权,该申请的全文以引用的方式并入本文中。The present application claims priority to Chinese Patent Application No. 201810212881.1, filed on March 15, 2018, entitled "Smart TV, and a method for facilitating the application installation progress in a display device", the entire application of which is The manner of reference is incorporated herein.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及显示接收终端,尤其一种智能电视和便于浏览显示设备中应用安装进度的方法。The present application relates to a display receiving terminal, and more particularly to a smart television and a method for facilitating browsing of application installation progress in a display device.
背景技术Background technique
智能电视一般侧重于在线互动媒体、互联网电视和点播式流媒体,而不是传统的广播媒体。其能为用户更加丰富的内容和服务,以及电视厂商致力于开发便于用户使用的各种便捷功能,以提升对产品的使用体验感受。Smart TVs generally focus on online interactive media, Internet TV and on-demand streaming media, rather than traditional broadcast media. It can provide users with richer content and services, and TV manufacturers are committed to developing convenient functions that are easy for users to use to enhance the experience of using the product.
因而,为现有智能电视提供更为简单和直观,以及能与用户习惯无缝对接用户界面和可视化内容链接,以浏览和/或执行智能电视的各种功能,显得尤为重要。Therefore, it is particularly important to provide existing smart TVs with simpler and more intuitive functions, and to seamlessly interface with user interfaces and visual content links to browse and/or execute various functions of smart TV.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请在于提供一种智能电视,为满足更为直观的用户界面和无缝用户互动功能的需求。本内容通过其各个方面、实例和/或配置,阐述了这些改进功能需求。此外,虽然本内容按照示范性实例来介绍,但应理解,可以就本内容的各个方面分别提出权利要求。本内容可以提供许多优点,具体视特定的方面、实例和/配置而定。The present application is directed to providing a smart television that meets the needs of a more intuitive user interface and seamless user interaction functionality. This content addresses these improved functional requirements through its various aspects, examples, and/or configurations. In addition, while the present disclosure has been described in terms of exemplary embodiments, it is understood that the claims may be This content can provide a number of advantages, depending on the particular aspect, instance, and/or configuration.
第一方面,本申请提供一种显示设备的展示方法,在所述显示设备的用户界面上展示所述显示设备访问获取的与应用安装包的大小相关联的关联信息,所述关联信息以第一图形化元素在所述用户界面上呈现,所述用户界面还包括与所述第一图形化元素有关的能够被选择的第二图形化元素和第三图形化元素,该第二图形化元素和该第三图形化元素指示所述第一图形化元素的不同选项;监测对所述第二图形化元素和所述第三图形化元素的操作;响应于对所述第二图形化元素的选择,更新所述用户界面为展示界面, 所述展示界面包括所述应用安装包对应的应用的安装进度,其中,所述应用的安装为静默安装;响应于对所述第三图形化元素的选择,在所述用户界面中停止展示所述第一图形化元素。In a first aspect, the present application provides a display method of a display device, where associated information related to a size of an application installation package acquired by the display device access is displayed on a user interface of the display device, and the related information is A graphical element is presented on the user interface, the user interface further comprising a second graphical element and a third graphical element that are selectable in relation to the first graphical element, the second graphical element And the third graphical element indicating different options of the first graphical element; monitoring operations on the second graphical element and the third graphical element; responsive to the second graphical element Selecting, updating the user interface as a display interface, where the display interface includes an installation progress of an application corresponding to the application installation package, where the installation of the application is a silent installation; and responding to the third graphical element Selecting to stop displaying the first graphical element in the user interface.
可选地,确定所述应用安装包的大小是否与所述显示设备中的预置参数匹配;响应于所述应用安装包的大小与所述预置参数匹配,在所述用户界面推出所述第二图形化元素和所述第三图形化元素。Optionally, determining whether the size of the application installation package matches a preset parameter in the display device; and in response to the size of the application installation package matching the preset parameter, the user interface is pushed out at the user interface a second graphical element and the third graphical element.
可选地,所述监测对所述第二图形化元素和所述第三图形化元素的操作包括:监测焦点在所述用户界面的各个图形化元素上的移动。Optionally, the monitoring the operations on the second graphical element and the third graphical element comprises monitoring movement of a focus on respective graphical elements of the user interface.
可选地,所述安装进度以可视化的指示在所述用户界面上展示。Optionally, the installation progress is displayed on the user interface with a visual indication.
可选地,在所述显示设备的用户界面展示多个图形化元素,所述多个图形化元素指示多个推荐的应用。Optionally, a plurality of graphical elements are displayed at a user interface of the display device, the plurality of graphical elements indicating a plurality of recommended applications.
可选地,响应于对所述多个推荐的应用中的一个应用的选择,访问网络获取所述一个应用对应的应用安装包的概述信息,其中,所述概述信息包括与所述应用安装包大小相关联的关联信息。Optionally, in response to the selecting of one of the plurality of recommended applications, the access network acquires overview information of the application installation package corresponding to the one application, where the overview information includes the application installation package Associated information associated with size.
可选地,在所述展示界面上展示预先设置的动态图像。Optionally, a preset dynamic image is displayed on the display interface.
第二方面,本申请提供一种显示设备,该显示设备包括显示屏、存储器和处理器。显示屏配置为展示用户界面;存储器配置为存储计算机指令和与所述显示屏关联的数据;处理器配置为执行所述计算机指令以使所述显示设备执行。其中,在所述显示设备的用户界面上展示所述显示设备访问获取的与应用安装包的大小相关联的关联信息,所述关联信息以第一图形化元素在所述用户界面上呈现,所述用户界面还包括与所述第一图形化元素有关的能够被选择的第二图形化元素和第三图形化元素,所述第二图形化元素和所述第三图形化元素指示所述第一图形化元素的不同选项;监测对所述第二图形化元素和所述第三图形化元素的操作;响应于对所述第二图形化元素的选择,更新所述用户界面为展示界面,所述展示界面包括所述应用安装包对应的应用的安装进度,其中,所述应用的安装为静默安装;响应于对所述第三图形化元素的选择,在所述用户界面中停止展示所述第一图形化元素。In a second aspect, the present application provides a display device including a display screen, a memory, and a processor. The display screen is configured to present a user interface; the memory is configured to store computer instructions and data associated with the display screen; the processor is configured to execute the computer instructions to cause the display device to execute. The association information associated with the size of the application installation package obtained by the display device access is displayed on a user interface of the display device, where the association information is presented on the user interface by using a first graphical element. The user interface further includes a second graphical element and a third graphical element that are selectable related to the first graphical element, the second graphical element and the third graphical element indicating the a different option of a graphical element; monitoring operation of the second graphical element and the third graphical element; updating the user interface as a presentation interface in response to selection of the second graphical element, The display interface includes an installation progress of an application corresponding to the application installation package, where the installation of the application is a silent installation; in response to the selection of the third graphical element, stopping the display in the user interface The first graphical element is described.
可选地,所述处理器还配置为执行所述计算机指令以使所述显示设备执行:确定所述应用安装包的大小是否与所述显示设备中的预置参数匹配,响应于所述应用安装包的大小与所述预置参数匹配,在所述用户界面推出所述第二图形化元素和所述第三图形化 元素。Optionally, the processor is further configured to execute the computer instruction to cause the display device to perform: determining whether a size of the application installation package matches a preset parameter in the display device, in response to the application The size of the installation package matches the preset parameters at which the second graphical element and the third graphical element are pushed out.
可选地,所述处理器监测对所述第二图形化元素和所述第三图形化元素的操作是通过下述方式执行:监测焦点在所述用户界面的各个图形化元素上的移动。Optionally, the processor monitoring the operation of the second graphical element and the third graphical element is performed by monitoring movement of a focus on respective graphical elements of the user interface.
可选地,所述处理器还配置为执行所述计算机指令以使所述显示设备执行:将所述安装进度以可视化的指示在所述用户界面上展示。Optionally, the processor is further configured to execute the computer instructions to cause the display device to perform: presenting the installation progress on the user interface with a visual indication.
可选地,所述处理器还配置为执行所述计算机指令以使所述显示设备执行:在所述显示设备的用户界面展示多个图形化元素,所述多个图形化元素指示多个推荐的应用。Optionally, the processor is further configured to execute the computer instructions to cause the display device to perform: displaying a plurality of graphical elements at a user interface of the display device, the plurality of graphical elements indicating a plurality of recommendations Applications.
可选地,所述处理器还配置为执行所述计算机指令以使所述显示设备执行:响应于对所述多个推荐的应用中的一个应用的选择,访问网络获取所述一个应用对应的应用安装包的概述信息,其中,所述概述信息包括与所述应用安装包大小相关联的关联信息。Optionally, the processor is further configured to execute the computer instruction to cause the display device to perform: in response to selection of one of the plurality of recommended applications, accessing a network to obtain a corresponding one of the applications An overview information of an application installation package, wherein the overview information includes association information associated with the application installation package size.
可选地,所述处理器还配置为执行所述计算机指令以使所述显示设备执行:在所述展示界面上展示预先设置的动态图像。Optionally, the processor is further configured to execute the computer instructions to cause the display device to perform: displaying a preset dynamic image on the display interface.
第三方面,本申请还提供了一种机器可读的非易失性存储介质,其上存储有计算机指令,所述计算机指令被处理器执行时实现第一方面中任一实施例所述的方法。In a third aspect, the present application further provides a machine readable non-volatile storage medium having stored thereon computer instructions that, when executed by a processor, implement the method of any of the first aspects method.
以上是本申请的简单概述,以解释申请的某些方面。本概述不是对申请及其各个方面、实例和/或配置的全面或详尽的概述。其目的既不是确定申请的主要或关键元件,也不描述申请的范围,而是简要地介绍申请的某些概念,作为对下文详细描述的介绍。应该理解,本披露文件的其他方面、实例和/或配置可以单独或组合利用上文陈述或下文详述的一个或多个特征。The above is a brief overview of the application to explain certain aspects of the application. This Summary is not an extensive or exhaustive overview of the application and its various aspects, examples and/or configurations. The purpose is neither to identify the primary or critical elements of the application, nor to describe the scope of the application, but to briefly introduce some of the concepts of the application as an introduction to the detailed description below. It should be understood that other aspects, examples, and/or configurations of the present disclosure may utilize one or more of the features set forth above or as detailed below, either singly or in combination.
附图说明DRAWINGS
图1A为一个环境或智能电视实例的第一个视图;Figure 1A is a first view of an environment or smart TV instance;
图1B为一个环境或智能电视实例的第二个视图;Figure 1B is a second view of an environment or smart TV instance;
图2为一个智能电视实例的第一个视图;Figure 2 is a first view of an example of a smart TV;
图3是一个智能电视硬件实例的方框图;Figure 3 is a block diagram of an example of a smart television hardware;
图4是一个智能电视软件和/或固件实例的方框图;4 is a block diagram of an example of a smart television software and/or firmware;
图5是一个智能电视软件和/或固件实例的第二个方框图;Figure 5 is a second block diagram of an example of a smart television software and/or firmware;
图6是一个智能电视软件和/或固件实例的第三个方框图;Figure 6 is a third block diagram of an example of a smart TV software and/or firmware;
图7是一个内容实数据服务实例的方框图;Figure 7 is a block diagram of an example of a content real data service;
图8是一个智能电视屏幕实例的正视图;Figure 8 is a front elevational view of an example of a smart television screen;
图9是针对内容/筒仓选择器的一个用户界面的直观形象实例;Figure 9 is an intuitive image example of a user interface for a content/silk selector;
图10是一个示例性的C/S通信框架;Figure 10 is an exemplary C/S communication framework;
图11是一种示例性的云服务平台;11 is an exemplary cloud service platform;
图12a示出了在购买类应用程序中商品详情的示例GUI;Figure 12a shows an example GUI of merchandise details in a purchasing application;
图12b是本实例商品下架状态下商品详情GUI上层显示消息提示框;Figure 12b is a message prompting box displayed on the upper layer of the product detail GUI in the lower shelf state of the present article;
图12c是本实例商品缺货状态下商品详情GUI上层显示消息提示框;Figure 12c is a message prompt box displayed on the upper layer of the commodity detail GUI in the out-of-stock state of the example;
图12d示出了本实施例商品详情GUI中显示“优惠券”推荐位;Figure 12d shows the "coupon" recommendation bit displayed in the item details GUI of the embodiment;
图12e-1为触发“优惠券”推荐位后在商品详情GUI上层显示的另一示例GUI;Figure 12e-1 is another example GUI displayed on the merchandise detail GUI after triggering the "coupon" recommendation bit;
图12e-2为图12e-1中缩略图被选择的勾号符;Figure 12e-2 is a tick symbol selected by the thumbnail of Figure 12e-1;
图12f示出了触发“立即购买”推荐位后在商品详情GUI上层显示的一个GUI示例;Figure 12f shows a GUI example displayed above the item details GUI after triggering the "Buy Now" recommendation bit;
图12g为触发图12f中“去结算”推荐位后在商品详情GUI上层显示的一个消息提示框示例;Figure 12g is an example of a message prompt box displayed on the merchandise detail GUI after triggering the "de-settlement" recommendation bit in Figure 12f;
图12h为图12f中“去结算”推荐位后所显示的另一示例GUI;Figure 12h is another example GUI displayed after the "de-settlement" recommendation bit in Figure 12f;
图12i为购买虚拟商品后生成的商品订单GUI;Figure 12i is a product order GUI generated after purchasing a virtual commodity;
图13a为首页被选择状态下在大图GUI上层显示的消息提示框;Figure 13a is a message prompt box displayed on the upper layer of the large image GUI in the selected state of the top page;
图13b为尾页被选择状态下在大图GUI上层显示的消息提示框;Figure 13b is a message prompt box displayed on the upper layer of the large image GUI when the last page is selected;
图13c为图13b中消息提示框在商品详情GUI上的显示状态;Figure 13c is a display state of the message prompt box in Figure 13b on the product detail GUI;
图14a为一种手机与电视通过二维码绑定的示例;FIG. 14a is an example of binding a mobile phone and a television through a two-dimensional code;
图14b为本实施例从图14a中网页切换到的登陆网页;Figure 14b is a login webpage switched from the webpage in Figure 14a to the embodiment;
图14c为本实施例从图14b中登陆网页切换的主页;Figure 14c is a home page of the embodiment of the present invention for switching from the landing page in Figure 14b;
图14d为本实施例从图14c中商品首页切换的分页;Figure 14d is a page of the embodiment switched from the top page of the article in Figure 14c;
图14e为本实施例从图14c中分页切换的商品详情页;Figure 14e is a product detail page switched from the page of Figure 14c in the embodiment;
图14f为本实施例在图14e中触发“立即购买”控件显示的弹窗;Figure 14f is a pop-up window that triggers the display of the "Buy Now" control in Figure 14e;
图14g为本实施例在弹窗中点击“继续购买”控件后切换的商品订单页;Figure 14g is a product order page switched after clicking the "continue to buy" control in the pop-up window of the embodiment;
图14h为本实施例在图14g中触发“提交订单”控件后显示的弹窗;Figure 14h is a popup window displayed after the "Submit Order" control is triggered in Figure 14g in the embodiment;
图15为另一实施例从图14g中商品订单页切换到支付分页;Figure 15 is another embodiment of switching from the merchandise order page to the payment pagination in Figure 14g;
图16为另一实施例从图14e中商品详情页切换到提示分页;Figure 16 is another embodiment of switching from the product details page of Figure 14e to the prompt page;
图17a为另一实施例中显示当前机型号的商品详情页;Figure 17a is a product detail page showing a current model in another embodiment;
图17b为图17a中商品详情页切换到的机型号分页;Figure 17b is a machine model page to which the product details page of Figure 17a is switched;
图18a为应用管理类应用程序中焦点定位在“应用”频道下的应用主页示例;FIG. 18a is an example of an application homepage in which an application management application focuses on an "application" channel;
图18b为触发应用主页中推荐位后在其上层显示的提示内容;FIG. 18b is a prompt content displayed on the upper layer after triggering the recommended bit in the application homepage;
图18c为再次触发图18b中推荐位后再应用主页上层显示的安装进度;Figure 18c shows the installation progress of the upper layer display of the homepage after the recommendation bit in Fig. 18b is triggered again;
图19为静默安装结束后显示的第三方应用详情GUI;Figure 19 is a third-party application details GUI displayed after the silent installation ends;
图20a为另一种实施例中在应用主页上层显示提示内容;Figure 20a is a diagram showing the presentation content on the upper layer of the application homepage in another embodiment;
图20b为另一种实施例中在推荐位边角位置上层的显示提示内容;Figure 20b is a display prompt content of a layer above the recommended position corner position in another embodiment;
图20c为另一种实施例中在推荐位上层覆盖显示提示内容;FIG. 20c is another embodiment of the upper layer of the recommended position to display the prompt content;
图21a为从购物类应用程序接收的网络内容中识别属性内容的处理示例;21a is an example of processing for identifying attribute content in web content received from a shopping application;
图21b为基于属性内容被选择状态在用户界面上层显示提示状态的处理示例;FIG. 21b is a process example of displaying a prompt state on the upper layer of the user interface based on the selected state of the attribute content;
图22-23为基于网络内容和本地的预置参数匹配显示提示内容的处理示例;22-23 are examples of processing for displaying prompt content based on matching network content and local preset parameters;
在这些附图中,类似的组件和/或特点可能有相同的参考标签。而且,各种同类型的组件可以通过参考标签中的字母与其他类似组件区别开来。如果规格中只使用第一个参考标签,本说明则适用于第一个参考标签相同的任何一个类似组件,而不管第二个参考标签是否相同。In these figures, similar components and/or features may have the same reference label. Moreover, various components of the same type can be distinguished from other similar components by reference to the letters in the label. If only the first reference label is used in the specification, this description applies to any similar component with the same reference label, regardless of whether the second reference label is the same.
具体实施方式detailed description
在以下描述中,阐述了大量特定细节以提供对本发明实施例的更透彻说明。然而,对于本领域技术人员显而易见的是,在实现本发明实施例而可以不用这些特定细节。In the following description, numerous specific details are set forth However, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that <RTIgt;
本发明说明书中使用的术语仅出于描述特定实施例的目的,并且不是要限制本发明。 如在本发明的说明书和权利要求中使用的那样,除非上下文另外特别指示,否则单数形式“一个”、“一种”和“该”也旨在包括复数形式。还应理解,这里使用的术语“和/或”指的是并且包括相关联地列出的项中的一个或多个的任意和所有可能的组合。还应理解,在本说明书中使用的术语“包括”和/或“包含”规定所陈述的特征、整数、步骤、操作、元件和/或部件的存在,但不排除一个或多个其它特性、整数、步骤、操作、元件、部件和/或它们的组的存在或添加。The terms used in the description of the present invention are for the purpose of describing particular embodiments and are not intended to limit the invention. As used in the specification and claims of the invention, It will also be understood that the term "and/or" used herein refers to and includes any and all possible combinations of one or more of the associated listed items. It is also to be understood that the terms "comprising" and """ The presence or addition of integers, steps, operations, components, components, and/or groups thereof.
以及根据上下文,术语“如果”可被解释为意味着“当...时”或“一旦”或“响应于确定”或“响应于检测到”。类似地,根据上下文,短语“如果确定”或者“如果检测到[陈述的条件或事件]”可被解释为意味着“一旦确定”或“响应于确定”或“一旦检测到[陈述的条件或事件]”或“响应于检测到[陈述的条件或事件]”。And depending on the context, the term "if" can be interpreted to mean "when" or "on" or "in response to determining" or "in response to detecting." Similarly, depending on the context, the phrase "if determined" or "if a condition or event is stated" can be interpreted to mean "once determined" or "in response to a determination" or "once detected [stated condition or Event]" or "in response to detecting [Stated Condition or Event]".
进一步的,本申请中对以下术语进行解释和说明。Further, the following terms are explained and explained in this application.
术语“网页电视”是通过万维网播送的原始电视内容。主要的网页电视分销商有YouTube、Myspace、Newgrounds、Blip.tv和Crackle等。The term "web TV" is the original television content broadcast over the World Wide Web. Major web TV distributors include YouTube, Myspace, Newgrounds, Blip.tv and Crackle.
“网络电视”(也称为互联网电视、在线电视)是通过互联网传送电视内容的数字分配。不应将网络电视与网页电视和互联网协议电视(IPTV)混淆,网页电视是各种不同的公司和个人创建的短小节目或视频,互联网协议电视是电视广播商使用的新兴的互联网技术标准。互联网电视是一个通用术语,是指通过视频流技术在互联网上传送电视节目和其他视频内容,一般由大型传统电视广播商使用。但不是指用于传送内容的技术(见互联网协议电视)。"Internet TV" (also known as Internet TV, online TV) is a digital distribution of television content over the Internet. Internet TV should not be confused with web TV and Internet Protocol Television (IPTV), which is a short program or video created by various companies and individuals. Internet Protocol TV is an emerging Internet technology standard used by TV broadcasters. Internet TV is a generic term that refers to the transmission of television and other video content over the Internet via video streaming technology, typically used by large traditional TV broadcasters. But it does not refer to the technology used to deliver content (see Internet Protocol Television).
“互联网协议电视”(IPTV)是指使用互联网协议组在互联网等分组交换网络上传送电视服务的系统,而不是通过传统的地面、卫星信号和有线电视格式传送。IPTV服务可以归为三大组:直播电视,有或没有和目前电视节目相关的互动性;时移电视:节目重温(重播数小时或数天前的电视节目),重新播放(从头开始播放当前的电视节目);以及视频点播(VOD):浏览视频目录,该目录与电视节目编排无关。IPTV与互联网电视有着明显的不同,前者有着持续的标准化过程(例如欧洲电信标准协会)和对用户电信网络有利的部署方案,通过机顶盒或其他客户端设备为终端用户场所提供高速访问通道。"Internet Protocol Television" (IPTV) refers to a system that uses the Internet Protocol suite to transmit television services over packet switched networks such as the Internet, rather than transmitting them over traditional terrestrial, satellite, and cable television formats. IPTV services can be grouped into three major groups: live TV, with or without interactivity related to current TV programs; time-shifted TV: revisiting the program (replaying TV programs for hours or days), replaying (playing from the beginning) Current TV programs); and Video on Demand (VOD): Browse the video directory, which is not related to TV programming. IPTV is significantly different from Internet TV. The former has a continuous standardization process (such as the European Telecommunications Standards Institute) and a deployment scheme that is beneficial to the user's telecommunications network, providing high-speed access channels for end-user locations through set-top boxes or other client devices.
“智能电视”有时称为混合型电视,描述了在电视或机顶盒中整合互联网和Web2.0及以上的功能,以及计算机部分功能和这些电视机/机顶盒技术融合的趋势。与传统电视 接收机和机顶盒相比,更加侧重于在线互动媒体、互联网电视、机顶盒内容以及点播式流媒体,较少侧重于或改进传统广播媒体。"Smart TV" is sometimes referred to as a hybrid TV, and describes the integration of Internet and Web 2.0 and above in a TV or set-top box, as well as the convergence of computer functions and these TV/set-top box technologies. Compared with traditional TV receivers and set-top boxes, it focuses more on online interactive media, Internet TV, set-top box content, and on-demand streaming media, with less emphasis on or improving traditional broadcast media.
“电视”是一种电信介质、设备(或装置)或一系列相关的设备、节目和/或传输设备,用于传输和接收单色(黑白)或彩色的动态影像,或有或没有声音伴随。电视最常用于显示广播电视信号。广播电视系统一般在54–890MHz频带中指定的频道上通过有线或无线电传播。没有调谐器的视觉显示设备应称为视频监视器,而不是电视。电视和其他监视器或显示器的不同之处在于,用户在观看媒体时和电视保持的距离,以及电视具有调谐器或其他接收广播电视信号的电路。"TV" is a telecommunications medium, device (or device) or a series of related devices, programs and/or transmissions for transmitting and receiving monochrome (black and white) or color motion pictures, with or without sound accompanying . Television is most commonly used to display broadcast television signals. Broadcast television systems are typically spread by wire or radio over the channels specified in the 54-890 MHz band. A visual display device without a tuner should be called a video monitor, not a television. Televisions differ from other monitors or displays in that the user is at a distance from the television while viewing the media, and that the television has a tuner or other circuitry that receives broadcast television signals.
“有线电视”是指一种通过同轴电缆以射频(RF)信号或通过光纤电缆以光脉冲信号将电视节目传送给用户的系统。这种方式与传统的广播电视(地面电视)不同,在传统的广播电视中,电视信号是通过无线电波在空中传送出去并通过电视上的电视天线接收的。本申请中使用的术语“频道”或“电视频道”可以是实体频道,也可以是虚拟频道,他们都是电视台或电视网络传送节目的路径。模拟电视中的实体频道有一定的带宽量,一般是6、7或8MHz,占用预定频道频率。在有线或卫星电视中,虚拟频道是特定电视媒体提供商(例如CDS、TNT、HBO等电视台)的数据流的代表。"Cable TV" refers to a system that transmits television programs to users over a coaxial cable using radio frequency (RF) signals or optical fiber cables with optical pulse signals. This is different from traditional broadcast television (terrestrial television), in which television signals are transmitted over the air by radio waves and received through television antennas on television. The term "channel" or "television channel" as used in this application may be either a physical channel or a virtual channel, and they are all paths for transmitting programs on a television or television network. The physical channel in analog TV has a certain amount of bandwidth, generally 6, 7, or 8 MHz, occupying the predetermined channel frequency. In cable or satellite television, a virtual channel is a representation of the data stream of a particular television media provider (eg, a television station such as CDS, TNT, HBO, etc.).
术语“卫星电视”是指通过通信卫星发送和通过户外天线(通常是抛物面反射器,一般称为卫星碟)接收的电视节目,在家庭用途中,卫星接收器可以是外置机顶盒,也可以是内置到电视接收机中的卫星调谐器模块.The term "satellite TV" refers to a television program transmitted through a communication satellite and received through an outdoor antenna (usually a parabolic reflector, commonly referred to as a satellite dish). In domestic use, the satellite receiver can be an external set-top box or it can be A satellite tuner module built into the TV receiver.
本申请中使用的术语“直播电视”是指实时或与事件发生时间基本同步的电视制作广播。The term "live TV" as used in this application refers to a television production broadcast that is in real time or substantially synchronized with the time of occurrence of the event.
本申请中使用的术语“视频点播”(VOD)是指允许用户选择和观看/收听点播视频或音频内容的系统和过程。VOD系统可以将内容分流,从而观看实时内容或将其下载到储存介质以稍后再观看。The term "video on demand" (VOD) as used in this application refers to systems and processes that allow a user to select and view/listen to-on video or audio content. The VOD system can offload the content to view live content or download it to a storage medium for later viewing.
“博客”(又称为“网络日志”)是一种网站或网站的一部分,不时会有新内容补充。博客通常由个人维护,如定期添加评论、活动描述或图片、视频等其他材料。这些内容通常按时间倒序显示。A "blog" (also known as "weblog") is a part of a website or website that is replenished with new content from time to time. Blogs are usually maintained by individuals, such as regularly adding comments, event descriptions or images, videos, and other materials. This content is usually displayed in reverse chronological order.
“博客服务”是指一种发表博客的服务,可以让私人或多位用户发表带时间标记的博客。"Blog Service" refers to a blogging service that allows private or multiple users to post time-stamped blogs.
术语“社交网络服务”是建立在线社区的服务提供商,社区中的成员有着相同的兴趣 和/或活动,或对了解其他人的兴趣和活动感兴趣。大部分社交网络服务以网页为基础,为用户提供多种互动方式,如电子邮件和即时通讯服务。The term "social network service" is a service provider that establishes an online community in which members of the community have the same interests and/or activities, or are interested in learning about other people's interests and activities. Most social networking services are web-based and offer users a variety of ways to interact, such as email and instant messaging.
术语“社交网络”是指基于网页的社交网络。The term "social network" refers to a web-based social network.
术语“即时消息”和“即时通讯”是指在两人或更多人之间通常基于文字输入的一种实时文字沟通形式。The terms "instant messaging" and "instant messaging" refer to a form of real-time text communication that is typically based on text input between two or more people.
“互联网搜索引擎”是指网页搜索引擎,设计用于搜索万维网和FTP服务器上的信息。搜索结果通常以结果列表显示,这种结果列表称为SERPS或“搜索引擎结果页面”。该信息可包括网页、图像、信息和其他类型的文件。某些搜索引擎还会采集数据库或开放目录中的可用数据。网页搜索引擎在工作时将会储存许多网页信息,然后从HTML本身中检索。这些网页通过网络爬虫(有时也称为网络蜘蛛,是一种自动网页浏览器,将追踪网站上的每个链接)检索。然后分析每一页的内容,以决定如何编排索引(例如,从题目、标题或称为元标签的特殊字段中提取文字)。与网页有关的数据储存在索引数据库中,以备将来查询。某些搜索引擎(如Google TM)储存源页的所有或部分内容(称为缓存)以及有关网页的信息,其他一些搜索引擎(如AltaVista TM)则储存找到的每一页的每一个文字。 "Internet search engine" refers to a web search engine designed to search for information on the World Wide Web and FTP servers. Search results are usually displayed in a list of results called SERPS or "Search Engine Results Page." This information may include web pages, images, information, and other types of files. Some search engines also collect data available in databases or open directories. Web search engines store a lot of web page information at work and then retrieve it from the HTML itself. These pages are retrieved via a web crawler (sometimes called a web spider, an automated web browser that will track every link on the site). Then analyze the content of each page to decide how to index (for example, extract text from a title, title, or special field called a meta tag). The data related to the web page is stored in the index database for future queries. All or part of some search engines (such as Google TM) store the source page (called a cache) as well as information about the page, and some other search engines (such as AltaVista TM) every word of each page to find the store.
术语“电子地址”是指任何可联系的地址,包括电话号码、即时通信处理、电子邮件地址、全球资源定位器(“URL”)、通用资源识别号(“URI”)、正式地址(“AOR”)、数据库中的电子别名(如地址),以及上述各项的组合。The term "electronic address" refers to any address that can be contacted, including phone number, instant messaging, email address, global resource locator ("URL"), universal resource identification number ("URI"), official address ("AOR "), an electronic alias in the database (such as an address), and a combination of the above.
术语“在线社区”、“电子社区”或“虚拟社区”是指主要通过计算机网络而不是面对面以社交、专业、教育或其他目的为动机进行交流的人群。在互动时,可以使用多种媒体形式,包括维基百科、博客、聊天室、互联网论坛、即时通讯、电子邮件和其他电子媒体形式。许多媒体形式或单独或共同在社交软件中使用,包括基于文字的聊天室和使用语音、视频文字或虚拟形象的论坛。The term "online community," "e-community," or "virtual community" refers to a group of people who communicate primarily through a computer network rather than face-to-face with social, professional, educational, or other purposes. When interacting, you can use a variety of media formats, including Wikipedia, blogs, chat rooms, Internet forums, instant messaging, email, and other forms of electronic media. Many forms of media are used individually or collectively in social software, including text-based chat rooms and forums that use voice, video text or avatars.
本申请中使用的术语“计算机可读媒体”是指参与提供执行指令给处理器的任何有形的存储和/或传输媒体。这种媒体有多种形式,包括但不限于非易失性媒体、易失性媒体和传输媒体。非易失性媒体包括NVRAM、磁盘或光盘等。易失性媒体包括动态存储器,如主存储器。一般形式的计算机可读媒体包括软磁盘、软盘、硬盘、磁带或任何其他磁性介质、磁光介质、光盘、任何其他光学介质、穿孔卡、纸带、任何其他带有一定孔图的物理介质、RAM(随机存储器)、PROM(可编程只读存储器)和EPROM(可擦除 可编程只读存储器)、FLASH-EPROM、固态介质如内存卡,任何其他内存芯片或内存匣、下文所述的载波或计算机可读取的任何其他介质。电子邮件的数字文件附件或其他自含信息档案或档案集被视为相当于有形存储介质的分配介质。当计算机可读媒体被配置为数据库时,应该理解,数据库可以是任何类型的数据库,如关系型、层级型、面向对象型和/或类似的类型。相应地,本申请中被视为包括有形存储介质或分配介质和现有技术认可的对等物和后续开发媒体,本申请中的软件实施保存在这些介质中。The term "computer-readable medium" as used in this application refers to any tangible storage and/or transmission medium that participates in providing instructions to the processor. Such media can take many forms, including but not limited to, non-volatile media, volatile media, and transmission media. Non-volatile media includes NVRAM, magnetic or optical disks, and the like. Volatile media includes dynamic memory, such as main memory. A general form of computer readable media includes floppy disks, floppy disks, hard disks, magnetic tape or any other magnetic media, magneto-optical media, optical disks, any other optical media, perforated cards, paper tape, any other physical medium with a certain aperture pattern, RAM (Random Access Memory), PROM (Programmable Read Only Memory) and EPROM (Erasable Programmable Read Only Memory), FLASH-EPROM, solid state media such as memory cards, any other memory chip or memory port, carrier wave as described below or Any other media that the computer can read. A digital file attachment or other self-contained information file or collection of emails is considered to be a distribution medium equivalent to a tangible storage medium. When a computer readable medium is configured as a database, it should be understood that the database can be any type of database, such as relational, hierarchical, object oriented, and/or the like. Accordingly, the present application is considered to include tangible storage media or distribution media and prior art recognized equivalents and subsequent development media, and software implementations in the present application are stored in such media.
本申请中使用的术语“多媒体”中的“媒体”是指采用一组不同内容格式中的一种格式的内容。多媒体可以包含但不限于一种或多种文本、音频、静态图片、动画、视频或互动内容格式。"Media" in the term "multimedia" as used in this application refers to content in one of a set of different content formats. Multimedia may include, but is not limited to, one or more of text, audio, still pictures, animation, video, or interactive content formats.
本申请中使用的术语“屏幕”是指包含一个或多个硬件组件的物理结构,让设备能够显示用户界面和/或接收用户输入。屏幕可以包含手势捕获区、触摸显示屏和/或可配置区的任意组合。设备可以在其硬件中嵌入一个或多个实际屏幕。但是,屏幕还可包含连接到设备或从设备处断开的外围设备。在一些实例中,可以在设备上连接多台外部设备。例如,可以在智能电视上连接带遥控单元的另一个屏幕。The term "screen" as used in this application refers to a physical structure that includes one or more hardware components that enable the device to display a user interface and/or receive user input. The screen can include any combination of gesture capture zones, touch display screens, and/or configurable zones. A device can embed one or more physical screens in its hardware. However, the screen can also include peripherals that are connected to or disconnected from the device. In some instances, multiple external devices can be connected to the device. For example, another screen with a remote control unit can be connected to the smart TV.
术语“显示屏”是指一个或多个屏幕的一部分,用于向用户显示计算机输出内容。显示屏可以是单屏幕显示屏或多屏幕显示屏(称为合成显示屏)。单个实际屏幕可以包含多个显示屏,这些显示屏作为独立的逻辑显示屏来管理。因此,不同的内容可以在独立的显示屏上显示,尽管是在同一个实际屏幕的某一部分里。The term "display screen" refers to a portion of one or more screens for displaying computer output content to a user. The display can be a single-screen display or a multi-screen display (called a composite display). A single physical screen can contain multiple displays that are managed as separate logical displays. Therefore, different content can be displayed on a separate display, even though it is in a certain part of the same actual screen.
术语“手势”是指表达预期想法、动作、意义、成果和/或结果的用户行为。用户行为包括操作设备(如打开或关闭设备、更改设备方向、移动轨迹球或滚轮等)、身体某部分相对于设备的移动、器具或工具相对于设备的移动,音频输入等。手势可以直接作用于设备(如在屏幕上)或通过设备与设备互动。The term "gesture" refers to user behavior that expresses an intended thought, action, meaning, outcome, and/or outcome. User behavior includes operating the device (such as turning the device on or off, changing the device orientation, moving the trackball or scroll wheel, etc.), movement of a part of the body relative to the device, movement of the appliance or tool relative to the device, audio input, and the like. Gestures can be applied directly to the device (such as on the screen) or through the device to interact with the device.
术语“手势捕获”是指对用户手势的实体和/或类型的感应或检测。手势捕获可以出现在屏幕的一个或多个区中。手势区可以位于显示屏上,称为触摸显示屏,也可不位于显示屏上,称为手势捕获区。The term "gesture capture" refers to the sensing or detection of the entity and/or type of a user gesture. Gesture capture can occur in one or more zones of the screen. The gesture area can be located on the display, called the touch display, or not on the display, called the gesture capture area.
术语“遥控器”是指电子设备(最常见的是电视接收机、DVD播放器和/或家庭影院系统)的一个组件,一般可在较短的视线范围内无线控制设备。遥控器一般使用红外线和/或射频(RF)信号,可以包括WiFi、无线USB、蓝牙 TM连接、动作传感器启用功能和/或语音控制。触摸屏遥控器是手持式遥控装置,以触摸屏用户界面取代一般遥控装置中 的大部分物理内置硬键。 The term "remote control" refers to a component of an electronic device (most commonly a television receiver, DVD player, and/or home theater system) that typically wirelessly controls the device over a short line of sight. Remote typically use infrared and / or radio frequency (RF) signal, may include a WiFi, Wireless USB, Bluetooth (TM) connection, a motion sensor to enable functional and / or voice control. The touch screen remote control is a handheld remote control device that replaces most of the physical built-in hard keys in a typical remote control device with a touch screen user interface.
本申请中使用的术语“显示图像”是指在显示屏上形成的图像内容。典型的显示图像是电视广播内容。显示图像会占用显示屏的全部或一部分。The term "display image" as used in this application refers to image content formed on a display screen. A typical display image is television broadcast content. Displaying an image will take up all or part of the display.
本申请中使用的术语“显示方向”是指用户在观看时矩形显示屏的显示方向。两种最常见的显示方向是列向和行向。在行向模式中,画面的宽度大于其高度(如4:3;或16:9)。The term "display direction" as used in this application refers to the display direction of the rectangular display screen when the user views. The two most common display directions are column direction and row direction. In line mode, the width of the picture is greater than its height (eg 4:3; or 16:9).
本申请中使用的术语“面板”可以指至少在显示屏的一部分显示的用户界面。面板可以是互动式(如接受用户输入)或只提供信息(如不接受用户输入)。面板可以是半透明的,因而面板会变得模糊但不遮掩显示屏上的内容。面板可根据来自按钮或遥控器界面的用户输入而变化。The term "panel" as used in this application may refer to a user interface that is displayed at least in a portion of a display screen. Panels can be interactive (such as accepting user input) or providing only information (such as not accepting user input). The panel can be translucent so the panel becomes blurry but does not obscure the content on the display. The panel can be changed based on user input from the button or remote control interface.
本申请中使用的术语“筒仓”可以是输入、源或应用程序的逻辑表示。输入可以是通过端口(如HDMI、视频/音频输入端口等)或网络(如局域和广域网等)连接到电视的电子设备(如DVD、录像机等)。不同于设备,输入可以作为一种电气或实体连接配置,连接到一个或多个设备。源,尤其是内容源,可以是提供内容的数据服务(如媒体中心、文件系统等)。应用程序可以是提供特定功能类型的软件服务(如直播电视、视频点播、用户应用程序、图片显示等)。筒仓作为一种逻辑表示可以有其他相关的定义或属性,如设置、功能或其他特性。The term "silos" as used in this application may be a logical representation of an input, source or application. Inputs can be electronic devices (such as DVDs, video recorders, etc.) that are connected to the TV via ports (such as HDMI, video/audio input ports, etc.) or networks (such as local and wide area networks). Unlike a device, the input can be connected to one or more devices as an electrical or physical connection configuration. The source, especially the content source, can be a data service that provides content (eg, media center, file system, etc.). An application can be a software service that provides a specific type of function (such as live TV, video on demand, user application, picture display, etc.). A silo as a logical representation can have other related definitions or attributes, such as settings, functions, or other characteristics.
本申请中使用的术语“模块”是指任何已知或后来开发的硬件、软件、固件、人工智能、模糊逻辑或硬件和软件的组合,能够执行与该元件相关的功能。此外,虽然本申请按照示范性实例来介绍,但应理解,可以就这些申请的各个方面单独提出权利要求。The term "module" as used in this application refers to any known or later developed hardware, software, firmware, artificial intelligence, fuzzy logic, or a combination of hardware and software that is capable of performing the functions associated with the component. Moreover, while the present application has been described in terms of exemplary embodiments, it should be understood that the claims may be
本申请中使用的术语“确定”、“计算”和“计算机计算”及其变通说法,可互换使用,并包括任何类型的方法论、过程、数学运算或技巧。The terms "determining," "calculating," and "computer computing," and variations thereof, as used in this application, are used interchangeably and include any type of methodology, process, mathematical operation or technique.
此后,当本公开提到“选择”、“被选择”“将选择”或“正选择”GUI中的用户界面元素时,这些属于应该被理解为包括使用鼠标或其他输入设备,在用户界面元素之上点击或者“悬停”,或使用一个或者多个手指或触针在用户界面元素上触摸屏幕、敲击或做出手势动作。用户界面元素可以是虚拟按钮、菜单按钮、选择器、开关、滑动条、橡皮擦、旋钮、缩略图、链接、图标、单选按钮、复选框和接收来自用户输入的任何其他机制。Thereafter, when the present disclosure refers to user interface elements in the "select", "selected" "will select" or "positive selection" GUIs, these belongings should be understood to include the use of a mouse or other input device, in the user interface element. Click or "hover" above, or use one or more fingers or stylus to touch the screen, tap, or make a gesture on the user interface element. User interface elements can be virtual buttons, menu buttons, selectors, switches, sliders, erasers, knobs, thumbnails, links, icons, radio buttons, check boxes, and any other mechanism that receives input from the user.
智能电视(TV)环境:Smart TV (TV) environment:
参考图1A和1B所示的智能电视100的一些实施例。智能电视100可用于娱乐、商业应用、社交互动、内容创建和/或消费,和/或,还包括用于组织和控制与智能电视 100进行通信的一个或多个其他设备。因此可以理解为,智能电视可以用于增强用户互动体验,无论是在家中还是工作场所。Reference is made to some embodiments of the smart television 100 shown in Figures 1A and 1B. The smart television 100 can be used for entertainment, business applications, social interactions, content creation and/or consumption, and/or also includes one or more other devices for organizing and controlling communication with the smart television 100. Therefore, it can be understood that smart TV can be used to enhance the user interaction experience, whether at home or at work.
在一些实例中,智能电视100可以通过配置来接收和理解各种用户和/或设备输入。例如,用户可通过一个或多个物理或电子控件和智能电视100互动,这些控件可包括按钮、开关、触摸屏/区(如电容式触摸屏、电阻式触摸屏等)和/或与智能电视100关联的其他控件。在某些情况中,智能电视100可包含一个或多个互动控件。附加地或选择性地,上述一个或多个控件可以和遥控器相关联。遥控器可以通过有线和/或无线信号和智能电视100通信。因此可以理解为,遥控器可以通过射频(RF)、红外线(IR)和/或特定的无线通信协议(如蓝牙 TM、Wi-Fi等)工作。在某些情况中,可以配置上述物理或电子控件(如编程),以适合用户的喜好。 In some examples, smart television 100 can be configured to receive and understand various user and/or device inputs. For example, a user may interact with smart television 100 through one or more physical or electronic controls, which may include buttons, switches, touch screens/zones (eg, capacitive touch screens, resistive touch screens, etc.) and/or associated with smart television 100. Other controls. In some cases, smart television 100 may include one or more interactive controls. Additionally or alternatively, one or more of the above controls may be associated with a remote control. The remote control can communicate with the smart television 100 via wired and/or wireless signals. Thus as can be appreciated, the remote control may be a radio frequency (RF), infrared (IR) and / or a particular wireless communication protocol (e.g., Bluetooth TM, Wi-Fi, etc.) work. In some cases, the above physical or electronic controls (such as programming) can be configured to suit the user's preferences.
可选地,可以使用智能电话、平板电脑、计算机、笔记本电脑、上网本和其他智能设备以控制智能电视100。例如,使用在智能设备上运行的应用程序控制智能电视100。该应用程序通过配置可以在与智能电视100关联的屏幕上,在直观的用户界面(UI)中为用户提供各种智能电视100控制。用户在UI上的选项输入可通过配置,凭借应用程序使用一个或多个与智能设备关联的通信功能,从而控制智能设备100。Alternatively, smart phones 100 can be controlled using smart phones, tablets, computers, laptops, netbooks, and other smart devices. For example, the smart TV 100 is controlled using an application running on a smart device. The application is configured to provide various smart TV 100 controls to the user in an intuitive user interface (UI) on a screen associated with the smart TV 100. The user's option input on the UI can be configured to control the smart device 100 by virtue of the application using one or more communication functions associated with the smart device.
智能电视100可配置通过各种输入设备接收输入,包括但绝不限于视频、音频、无线电、光、触觉及其组合。而且,这些输入设备可以通过配置使智能电视100看到和识别用户手势并作出反应。例如,用户可以会话方式和智能电视100讲话。智能电视100就像是智能设备的智能私人助手和音控导航应用程序(如苹果的Siri、安卓的Skyvi、Robin、Iris和其他应用程序)一样接收和理解语音命令。 Smart TV 100 can be configured to receive input through a variety of input devices, including but not limited to video, audio, radio, light, touch, and combinations thereof. Moreover, these input devices can be configured to cause the smart television 100 to see and recognize user gestures and react. For example, the user can talk to the smart TV 100 in a conversational manner. Smart TV 100 is like a smart personal assistant for smart devices and a voice-activated navigation application (such as Apple's Siri, Android's Skyvi, Robin, Iris, and other applications) that accept and understand voice commands.
此外,智能电视100可配置为一个通信设备,它可以通过许多不同方式(包括有线108或无线112方式、蜂窝式网络116),建立网络连接104和使用电话线路120连接电话公司运营的电话网络。这些连接104使智能电视100能够访问一个或多个通信网络。通信网络包含任何已知的通信介质或通信媒体的集合,可以使用任何类型的协议在端点之间传送信息或信号。通信网络可包含有线和/或无线通信技术。互联网是通信网络132的一个例子,它和许多计算机、计算机网络和全球各地的其他通信设备一同构成了互联网协议(IP)网络,通过许多电话系统和其他方式实现互联。In addition, smart television 100 can be configured as a communication device that can establish a network connection 104 and use telephone line 120 to connect to a telephone network operated by a telephone company in a number of different manners, including wired 108 or wireless 112 mode, cellular network 116. These connections 104 enable the smart television 100 to access one or more communication networks. A communication network includes any known communication medium or collection of communication media that can be used to transfer information or signals between endpoints using any type of protocol. Communication networks may include wired and/or wireless communication technologies. The Internet is an example of a communication network 132 that, together with many computers, computer networks, and other communication devices around the world, constitutes an Internet Protocol (IP) network that is interconnected by many telephone systems and other means.
在某些实例中,智能电视100可配备多种通信工具。多种通信工具可允许智能电视100通过局域网(LAN)124、无线局域网(WLAN)128和其他网络132进行通信。这些网络可以作为冗余连接以确保网络接入。换言之,如果一个连接中断,智能电视100将使 用另一个连接路径重新建立和/或维持网络连接104。而且,智能电视100还使用这些网络连接104发送和接收信息,以及电子节目指南(EPG)136互动,接收软件更新140,联系客户服务144(如获取帮助或服务等)和/或访问远程储存的数字媒体库148。此外,这些连接还允许智能电视100打电话、发送和/或接收电子邮件信息、发送和/接收文本消息(如电子邮件和即时消息),使用互联网搜索引擎进行网上冲浪、通过博客服务发博客,以及连接/与社交媒体网站和/或社交网络服务维护的在线社区(如Facebook、Twitter、LinkedIn、Pinterest、GooglePlus、MySpace等)互动。当这些网络连接104和智能电视100的其他组件(下文将更加详细说明)组合使用时,我们还可以在智能电视100上召开视频电话会议、电子会议和进行其他类型的通信。智能电视100可以使用连接的摄像头、麦克风和其他传感器捕获和储存图像和声音。In some instances, smart television 100 can be equipped with a variety of communication tools. A variety of communication tools may allow smart television 100 to communicate over local area network (LAN) 124, wireless local area network (WLAN) 128, and other networks 132. These networks can act as redundant connections to ensure network access. In other words, if a connection is broken, the smart TV 100 will re-establish and/or maintain the network connection 104 using another connection path. Moreover, smart television 100 also uses these network connections 104 to send and receive information, as well as electronic program guide (EPG) 136 interactions, receive software updates 140, contact customer services 144 (such as obtaining help or services, etc.) and/or access remote storage. Digital Media Library 148. In addition, these connections allow smart TV 100 to make, receive and/or receive email messages, send and/or receive text messages (such as emails and instant messages), use Internet search engines to surf the web, and blog through blogging services. And connect/interact with online communities maintained by social media sites and/or social networking services (such as Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, Pinterest, GooglePlus, MySpace, etc.). While these network connections 104 are used in combination with other components of the smart television 100 (described in more detail below), we can also conduct video teleconferences, electronic conferences, and other types of communications on the smart television 100. Smart TV 100 can capture and store images and sounds using a connected camera, microphone, and other sensors.
附加地或选择性地,智能电视100可以创建和保存智能电视100的关联屏幕上显示的媒体、图像和数据的屏幕截图。Additionally or alternatively, the smart television 100 can create and save screenshots of media, images, and data displayed on the associated screen of the smart television 100.
如图1B所示,智能电视100可以和其他电子设备168通过有线108和/或无线112连接进行互动。如本申请所述,智能电视100的组件允许设备100连接到设备168,包括但不限于DVD播放器168a、蓝光播放器168b、便携式数字媒体设备168c、智能电话168d、平板设备168e、个人计算机168f、外置分线盒168g、键盘168h、定位装置168i、打印机168j、游戏控制器和/或游戏手柄168k、卫星碟168l、外置显示设备168m和其他通用串行总线(USB)、局域网(LAN)、蓝牙 TM、高清多媒体接口(HDMI)组件设备和/或无线设备。当连接到外置分线盒168g或卫星碟168l时,智能电视100可以访问更多媒体内容。 As shown in FIG. 1B, smart television 100 can interact with other electronic devices 168 via a wired 108 and/or wireless 112 connection. As described herein, the components of smart television 100 allow device 100 to be connected to device 168, including but not limited to DVD player 168a, Blu-ray player 168b, portable digital media device 168c, smart phone 168d, tablet device 168e, personal computer 168f. , external junction box 168g, keyboard 168h, positioning device 168i, printer 168j, game controller and/or gamepad 168k, satellite dish 168l, external display device 168m and other universal serial bus (USB), local area network (LAN) ), Bluetooth (TM), a high definition multimedia interface (HDMI) component devices and / or wireless devices. When connected to the external distribution box 168g or the satellite dish 168l, the smart TV 100 can access more media content.
此外,如下文详述,智能电视100可接收电视台的数字和/或模拟信号广播。它可以作为一个或多个有线电视、互联网电视、互联网协议电视、卫星电视、网页电视和/或智能电视工作。智能电视100还可以配置为用于控制并与其他智能组件互动,如安全系统172、门禁/门控器176、远程视频摄像头180、照明系统184、恒温控制器188、冰箱192和其他装置。Moreover, as detailed below, the smart television 100 can receive digital and/or analog signal broadcasts from the television station. It can work as one or more cable TV, Internet TV, Internet Protocol TV, satellite TV, web TV and/or smart TV. The smart television 100 can also be configured to control and interact with other smart components, such as the security system 172, the access/gate 176, the remote video camera 180, the lighting system 184, the thermostat controller 188, the refrigerator 192, and other devices.
智能电视:Smart TV:
图2说明了智能电视100的组件。如图2所示,智能电视100可由与框架208连接的可移动基底或支架204支撑。框架208包围着显示屏212的边缘,而不遮掩其正面。显示屏212可包含液晶显示屏(LCD)、等离子屏幕、发光二级管(LED)屏幕或其他类型的屏幕。FIG. 2 illustrates components of a smart television 100. As shown in FIG. 2, smart television 100 can be supported by a movable base or bracket 204 that is coupled to frame 208. The frame 208 surrounds the edge of the display screen 212 without obscuring its front side. Display 212 may include a liquid crystal display (LCD), a plasma screen, a light emitting diode (LED) screen, or other type of screen.
智能电视100可包含整合式扬声器216和至少一个麦克风220。在一些实例中,框架208的第一个区包含水平手势捕获区224,第二个区包含垂直手势捕获区228。手势捕获区224和228包含能通过识别用户手势来接收输入的区,在某些例子中,用户根本不需要实际触摸智能电视100的屏幕212的表面。但是手势捕获区224和228不包含可以执行显示功能或能力的像素。 Smart TV 100 can include an integrated speaker 216 and at least one microphone 220. In some examples, the first zone of frame 208 includes a horizontal gesture capture zone 224 and the second zone includes a vertical gesture capture zone 228. Gesture capture zones 224 and 228 contain zones that can receive input by recognizing user gestures, in some instances, the user does not need to actually touch the surface of screen 212 of smart television 100 at all. However, gesture capture areas 224 and 228 do not contain pixels that can perform display functions or capabilities.
在一些实例中,添加一个或多个图像捕获设备232(如摄像头)以捕获静止和/或视频图像。图像捕获设备232可以包含或连接其他元件,如闪光或其他光源236和测距设备240以辅助图像捕获设备的聚焦。此外,智能电视100还可以使用麦克风220、手势捕获区224和228、图像捕获设备232和测距设备240识别各个用户。附加地或选择性地,智能电视100可以学习和记住各个用户的喜好。在某些实例中,学习和记忆(例如识别和调出储存的信息)可能与用户识别相关。In some examples, one or more image capture devices 232 (such as a camera) are added to capture still and/or video images. Image capture device 232 may include or interface with other components, such as flash or other light source 236 and ranging device 240 to aid in focusing of the image capture device. In addition, smart television 100 can also identify individual users using microphone 220, gesture capture zones 224 and 228, image capture device 232, and ranging device 240. Additionally or alternatively, the smart television 100 can learn and remember the preferences of individual users. In some instances, learning and memory (eg, identifying and recalling stored information) may be relevant to user identification.
在一些实例中,还可以设置一个红外发送器与接收器244通过遥控设备(此处未显示)或其他红外设备连接智能电视100。附加性地或选择性地,遥控设备可以通过射频、光和/或红外线以外的其他方式发送无线信号。In some examples, an infrared transmitter and receiver 244 can also be provided to connect the smart television 100 via a remote control device (not shown here) or other infrared device. Additionally or alternatively, the remote control device can transmit wireless signals by means other than radio frequency, light and/or infrared.
在一些实例中,音频插座248隐藏在可折或可移动面板的后面。音频插座248含有一个尖头圆形套管(TRS)连接器,例如允许用户使用耳机、头戴式耳机或其他外置音频设备。In some examples, the audio jack 248 is hidden behind a foldable or movable panel. The audio jack 248 contains a pointed round cannula (TRS) connector that allows, for example, a user to use headphones, a headset, or other external audio device.
在一些实例中,智能电视100还包含数个按钮252。例如,图2显示了智能电视100顶部的按钮252,这些按钮也可以位于其他位置。如图所示,智能电视100包含六个按钮252(从a到f),可以为特定输入配置。例如,第一个按钮252可以配置为开/关按钮,用于控制整个智能电视100的系统电源。按钮252可以一起或单独配置以控制智能电视100的多个方面。某些非限制性例子包括但不限于整个系统音量、亮度、图像捕获设备、麦克风和视频会议的召开/结束。不同于独立的按钮,两个按钮可以组合成一个波动按钮。这种波动按钮在某些情况中非常有用,如控制音量或亮度等功能。In some examples, smart television 100 also includes a number of buttons 252. For example, Figure 2 shows buttons 252 on top of smart TV 100, which may also be located elsewhere. As shown, smart television 100 includes six buttons 252 (from a to f) that can be configured for a particular input. For example, the first button 252 can be configured as an on/off button for controlling system power throughout the smart television 100. Buttons 252 can be configured together or separately to control aspects of smart television 100. Some non-limiting examples include, but are not limited to, overall system volume, brightness, image capture devices, microphones, and the convening/ending of video conferencing. Unlike separate buttons, the two buttons can be combined into one wave button. This wave button is useful in certain situations, such as controlling volume or brightness.
在某些实例中,可以使用一个或多个按钮252支持不同的用户命令。例如,正常按下的持续时间一般少于1秒,类似于快速输入。中等按下的持续时间一般为1秒或以上但不超过12秒。长按的持续时间一般为12秒或以上。按钮的这种功能一般视智能电视100上激活的应用程序而定。例如在视频会议应用程序中,根据特定的按钮,正常、中等或长按可能意味着结束视频会议、增加或减少音量、提高输入响应速度和开关麦克风静音。取决于特定的按钮,正常、中等或长按还可以控制图像捕获设备232增加或减少 缩放、拍照或录像。In some instances, one or more buttons 252 can be used to support different user commands. For example, the duration of a normal press is typically less than 1 second, similar to a fast input. The duration of a medium press is typically 1 second or longer but no more than 12 seconds. The duration of a long press is typically 12 seconds or more. This function of the button generally depends on the application activated on the smart TV 100. For example, in a video conferencing application, normal, medium, or long press may mean ending a video conference, increasing or decreasing volume, increasing input response speed, and switching microphone mute, depending on the particular button. Normal, medium or long press can also control image capture device 232 to increase or decrease zoom, take or video, depending on the particular button.
硬件功能:Hardware features:
图3说明了依照本申请的实例的智能电视100的一些组件。智能电视100包含一个显示屏304。FIG. 3 illustrates some components of a smart television 100 in accordance with an example of the present application. Smart TV 100 includes a display screen 304.
可以使用一个或多个显示控制器316控制显示屏304的操作。显示控制器316可以控制显示屏304的操作,包括输入和输出(显示)功能。显示控制器316还可以控制显示屏304的操作并和其他输入互动,如红外线和/或无线电输入信号(例如门禁/门控制器、警报系统组件等)。依照其他一些实例,显示控制器316的功能可能会纳入其他组件中,如处理器364。The operation of display screen 304 can be controlled using one or more display controllers 316. Display controller 316 can control the operation of display screen 304, including input and output (display) functions. Display controller 316 can also control the operation of display screen 304 and interact with other inputs, such as infrared and/or radio input signals (e.g., access/door controllers, alarm system components, etc.). According to some other examples, the functionality of display controller 316 may be incorporated into other components, such as processor 364.
处理器364可包含一个执行应用程序设计或指令的通用可编程处理器或控制器。依照至少某些实例,处理器364包含多个处理器核心和/或执行多个虚拟处理器。依照其他一些实例,处理器364可能包含多个物理处理器。作为一个具体例子,处理器364可包含特别配置的专用集成电路(ASIC)或其他集成电路、数字信号处理器、控制器、硬接线电子或逻辑电路、可编程逻辑设备或门阵列、专用计算机等。处理器364一般用于运行程序码或指令以执行智能电视100的各种功能。 Processor 364 can include a general purpose programmable processor or controller that executes application design or instructions. In accordance with at least some examples, processor 364 includes multiple processor cores and/or executes multiple virtual processors. According to some other examples, processor 364 may include multiple physical processors. As a specific example, processor 364 can include specially configured application specific integrated circuits (ASICs) or other integrated circuits, digital signal processors, controllers, hardwired electronic or logic circuits, programmable logic devices or gate arrays, special purpose computers, and the like. . Processor 364 is typically used to execute program code or instructions to perform various functions of smart television 100.
为支持连接功能或能力,智能电视100可包含一个编码/解码和/或压缩/解压模块366,以接收和管理数字电视信息。编码/解码压缩/解压模块366可以解压和/或解码从公共电视链发出的或在私人电视网中的,通过天线324、I/O模块348、无线连接模块328和/或其他无线通信模块332接收的模拟和/数字信息。电视信息可以发送到显示屏304和/或接收模拟或数字接收信号的附属的扬声器。任何编码/解码和压缩/解压均可基于多种格式执行(如音频、视频和数据)。加密模块324与编码/解码压缩/解压模块366通信,使得用户或供应商接收或发送的所有数据得以保密。To support connectivity or capabilities, smart television 100 can include an encoding/decoding and/or compression/decompression module 366 to receive and manage digital television information. The encoding/decoding compression/decompression module 366 can decompress and/or decode from a public television chain or in a private television network via an antenna 324, an I/O module 348, a wireless connection module 328, and/or other wireless communication module 332. Received analog and / digital information. Television information can be sent to display 304 and/or to an attached speaker that receives an analog or digital received signal. Any encoding/decoding and compression/decompression can be performed based on multiple formats (such as audio, video, and data). The encryption module 324 communicates with the encoding/decoding compression/decompression module 366 such that all data received or transmitted by the user or provider is kept secret.
在一些实例中,智能电视100包含额外的或其他无线通信模块332。例如,其他无线通信模块332可包含Wi-Fi,、蓝牙 TM、WiMax、红外线或其他无线通信链接。无线连接模块328和其他无线通信模块332可各自与一个共用或专用的天线324和一个共用或专用的I/O模块348相互连接。 In some examples, smart television 100 includes additional or other wireless communication modules 332. For example, other wireless communication module 332 may comprise-Fi ,, Bluetooth (TM) the Wi, WiMax, infrared or other wireless communication link. Wireless connection module 328 and other wireless communication modules 332 can each be interconnected with a shared or dedicated antenna 324 and a shared or dedicated I/O module 348.
在一些实例中,为支持通信功能或能力,智能电视100可包含无线连接模块328。例如,无线连接模块328可包含GSM、CDMA、FDMA和/或模拟蜂窝电话收发器,能够通过蜂窝网络传输语音、多媒体和/或数据。In some examples, to support communication functions or capabilities, smart television 100 can include a wireless connection module 328. For example, the wireless connection module 328 can include GSM, CDMA, FDMA, and/or analog cellular telephone transceivers capable of transmitting voice, multimedia, and/or data over a cellular network.
可以添加输入/输出模块348和关联的端口,以便通过有线网络或链接与其他通信设备、服务器和/或外围设备等支持通信。输入/输出模块348的例子包括以太网端口、通用串行总线(USB)端口、Thunderbolt TM或Light Peak接口、电气与电子工程师协会(IEEE)1394端口或其他接口。 Input/output modules 348 and associated ports may be added to support communications with other communication devices, servers, and/or peripherals, etc., over a wired network or link. Examples of the input / output module 348 include an Ethernet port, a universal serial bus (USB) port, Thunderbolt TM Light Peak or interfaces, Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) 1394 port or other interface.
可以添加音频输入/输出接口/设备344,以输出模拟音频到互连扬声器或其他设备,以及接收来自连接的麦克风或其他设备的模拟音频输入。例如,音频输入/输出接口/设备344可包含一个关联的放大器和模数转换器。选择性地或附加地,智能电视100可包含一个整合的音频输入/输出设备356和/或连接外置扬声器或麦克风的音频插座。例如,添加一个整合的扬声器和整合麦克风,为近端谈话或扬声器电话操作提供支持。An audio input/output interface/device 344 can be added to output analog audio to an interconnected speaker or other device, as well as receive analog audio input from a connected microphone or other device. For example, audio input/output interface/device 344 can include an associated amplifier and analog to digital converter. Alternatively or additionally, the smart television 100 can include an integrated audio input/output device 356 and/or an audio jack that connects to an external speaker or microphone. For example, add an integrated speaker and integrated microphone to support near-end talk or speakerphone operation.
可以添加端口接口352。端口接口352包含外围或通用端口,为设备100连接到其他设备或组件(如坞站)提供支持,互连后这些设备或组件可能会也可能不会为设备100提供额外的或不同的功能。除支持设备100和其他设备或组件之间交换通信信号外,对接端口136和/或端口接口352还可以供电给设备100或从设备100中输出电源。对接端口352还包含一个智能元件,其包括控制智能电视100和连接的设备或元件之间通信或其他互动的对接模块。对接模块可以和软件应用程序互动,以遥控其他设备或组件(如媒体中心、媒体播放器和计算机系统)。 Port interface 352 can be added. Port interface 352 includes peripheral or universal ports that provide support for device 100 to connect to other devices or components, such as docking stations, which may or may not provide additional or different functionality to device 100 after interconnection. In addition to exchanging communication signals between the support device 100 and other devices or components, the docking port 136 and/or the port interface 352 can also supply power to or from the device 100. Docking port 352 also includes a smart component that includes a docking module that controls communication or other interaction between smart TV 100 and connected devices or components. The docking module can interact with the software application to remotely control other devices or components (such as media centers, media players, and computer systems).
智能电视100还可包含存储器308,以便处理器364执行应用程序设计或指令,以及用于临时或长期储存程序指令和/或数据。例如,存储器308可包含RAM、DRAM、SDRAM或其他固态存储器。在一些实例中,添加数据存储器312。类似于存储器308,数据存储器312可包含一个或多个固态存储器。在一些实例中,数据存储器312可包含一个硬盘驱动器或其他随机存储器。The smart television 100 can also include a memory 308 for the processor 364 to execute application programming or instructions, as well as for temporarily or long term storage of program instructions and/or data. For example, memory 308 can include RAM, DRAM, SDRAM, or other solid state memory. In some examples, data store 312 is added. Similar to memory 308, data store 312 can include one or more solid state memories. In some examples, data store 312 can include a hard drive or other random access memory.
例如,硬件按钮358可以用于某些控制操作。可以添加一个或多个图像捕获接口/设备340(如摄像头)以捕获静止和/或视频图像。在一些实例中,图像捕获接口/设备340可以包含一个扫描器、代码阅读器或动作传感器。图像捕获接口/设备340可以包含或连接其他元件,如闪光或其他光源。图像捕获接口/设备340可以和用户ID模块350互动,该模块帮助识别智能电视100用户的身份。For example, hardware button 358 can be used for certain control operations. One or more image capture interfaces/devices 340 (such as cameras) may be added to capture still and/or video images. In some examples, image capture interface/device 340 can include a scanner, code reader, or motion sensor. Image capture interface/device 340 may contain or interface with other components such as flash or other light sources. The image capture interface/device 340 can interact with a user ID module 350 that helps identify the identity of the smart TV 100 user.
智能电视100还可以包含全球定位系统(GPS)接收器336。根据本发明的一些实例,GPS接收器336可以进一步包含GPS模块,以提供绝对定位信息给智能电视100的其他组件。因此可以理解为,其他卫星定位系统接收器可以代替或和GPS一起使用。 Smart TV 100 may also include a Global Positioning System (GPS) receiver 336. According to some examples of the invention, the GPS receiver 336 may further include a GPS module to provide absolute positioning information to other components of the smart television 100. It can therefore be understood that other satellite positioning system receivers can be used instead of or in conjunction with GPS.
智能电视100的组件可以通过主电源和/或电源控制模块360取电。例如,电源控制模块360包含一个电池、交流到直流变换器、电源控制逻辑和/或互连智能电视100和外置电源的端口。The components of smart television 100 can be powered by main power and/or power control module 360. For example, power control module 360 includes a battery, an AC to DC converter, power control logic, and/or a port that interconnects smart TV 100 and an external power source.
固件和软件:Firmware and software:
图4显示了软件系统组件和模块400的一个实例。软件系统400可能包含一个或多个层次,包括但不限于操作系统内核404、一个或多个库408、一个应用程序框架412和一个或多个应用程序416。一层或多层404-416可以互相通信,以执行智能电视100的功能。FIG. 4 shows an example of a software system component and module 400. Software system 400 may include one or more layers including, but not limited to, operating system kernel 404, one or more libraries 408, an application framework 412, and one or more applications 416. One or more layers 404-416 can communicate with one another to perform the functions of smart television 100.
操作系统(OS)内核404包含允许软件和智能电视100关联的硬件互动的主要功能。内核404可以包含一系列软件,用以管理计算机硬件资源并为其他计算机程序或软件代码提供服务。操作系统内核404是操作系统的主要组件,充当应用程序和使用硬件组件完成的数据处理之间的中间人。部分操作系统内核404可包含一个或多个设备驱动器420。设备驱动器420可以是操作系统中的任何一个代码,用以帮助操作或控制连接到或和智能电视关联的设备或硬件。驱动器420可以包含操作视频、音频和/或其他智能电视100的多媒体组件的代码。驱动器的示例包括显示屏、摄像头、Flash、Binder(IPC)、键盘、WiFi和音频驱动器。Operating system (OS) kernel 404 contains the primary functionality that allows software and hardware interaction associated with smart television 100. Kernel 404 can include a series of software for managing computer hardware resources and servicing other computer programs or software code. The operating system kernel 404 is the main component of the operating system and acts as an intermediary between the application and the data processing done using the hardware components. Part of the operating system kernel 404 can include one or more device drivers 420. Device driver 420 can be any one of the operating systems to assist in the operation or control of devices or hardware connected to or associated with the smart television. Driver 420 can include code to manipulate video, audio, and/or other multimedia components of smart television 100. Examples of drives include display screens, cameras, Flash, Binder (IPC), keyboard, WiFi, and audio drivers.
库408可以包含软件系统400操作期间访问和执行的代码或其他组件。库408可能包含但不限于一个或多个操作系统运行时间库424、一个电视系统超文本应用程序语言(HAL)库428、和/或数据服务库432。操作系统运行时间库424可能包含操作系统内核404要求的代码和软件系统400运行期间执行的其他操作系统功能。该库可以包含软件系统400运行期间启动的代码。 Library 408 can contain code or other components that are accessed and executed during operation of software system 400. Library 408 may include, but is not limited to, one or more operating system runtime libraries 424, a television system hypertext application language (HAL) library 428, and/or data service library 432. Operating system runtime library 424 may contain code required by operating system kernel 404 and other operating system functions that are executed during operation of software system 400. The library can contain code that is launched during runtime of software system 400.
电视服务超文本应用程序语言428可以包含电视服务要求的代码,由应用程序框架412或应用程序416执行。电视服务HAL库428特定于控制不同智能电视功能的智能电视100操作。此外,电视服务HAL库428还可以由除超文本应用程序语言以外的其他类型的应用程序语言或不同代码类型或代码格式的实例组成。The television service hypertext application language 428 may contain code required by the television service to be executed by the application framework 412 or the application 416. The television service HAL library 428 is specific to the operation of the smart television 100 that controls different smart television functions. In addition, the television service HAL library 428 may also be comprised of other types of application languages than the hypertext application language or instances of different code types or code formats.
数据服务库432可以包含一个或多个组件或代码,用以执行实现数据服务功能的组件。数据服务功能可以在应用程序框架412和/或应用程序层416中执行。图6显示了可能包括在内的数据服务功能和组件类型的实例。 Data service library 432 can contain one or more components or code to execute components that implement data service functions. Data service functions can be executed in application framework 412 and/or application layer 416. Figure 6 shows an example of data service functions and component types that may be included.
应用程序框架412可以包含关于提供功能的总体抽象概念,该功能可以通过一个或 多个应用程序416选择,以为这些应用程序提供特定的应用程序功能或软件。因此,框架412可包含一项或多项不同的服务,或是可通过应用程序416访问以提供两个或两个以上应用程序上的一般功能的其他应用程序。例如,这种功能包括一个或多个视窗或面板、平面、活动、内容和资源的管理。应用程序框架412可包含但不限于一个或多个电视服务434、电视服务框架440、电视资源444和用户界面组件448。The application framework 412 can contain general abstractions about providing functionality that can be selected by one or more applications 416 to provide specific application functionality or software for those applications. Thus, framework 412 can include one or more different services, or other applications that are accessible through application 416 to provide general functionality on two or more applications. For example, such functionality includes the management of one or more windows or panels, planes, activities, content, and resources. Application framework 412 can include, but is not limited to, one or more television services 434, television service framework 440, television resources 444, and user interface components 448.
电视服务框架440可以为不同的电视服务提供额外的抽象概念。电视服务框架440允许和电视功能相关的服务的常规访问和操作。电视服务436是在电视服务框架440中提供的一般服务,电视服务框架440可以通过应用程序层416中的应用程序进行访问。电视资源444提供用于访问电视资源的代码,这些资源包括任何类型的储存内容、视频、音频或其他智能电视100提供的功能。电视资源444、电视服务436和电视服务框架440为执行各种伴随智能电视100的电视功能服务。The television service framework 440 can provide additional abstractions for different television services. The television service framework 440 allows for regular access and operation of services related to television functions. Television service 436 is a general service provided in television service framework 440, which may be accessed by applications in application layer 416. Television resource 444 provides code for accessing television resources, including any type of stored content, video, audio, or other functionality provided by smart television 100. Television resource 444, television service 436, and television service framework 440 are services for performing various television functions accompanying smart television 100.
一个或多个用户界面组件448可以为智能电视100的显示提供一般组件。用户界面组件448可以作为一般组件通过应用程序框架412提供的各种应用程序访问。可以访问用户界面组件448,为如图5所述的面板和筒仓提供服务。One or more user interface components 448 can provide general components for the display of smart television 100. User interface component 448 can be accessed as a general component through various applications provided by application framework 412. User interface component 448 can be accessed to service panels and silos as described in FIG.
应用程序层416既包含也可执行和智能电视100相关的应用程序。应用程序层416可能包含但不限于一个或多个直播电视应用程序452、视频点播应用程序456、媒体中心应用程序460、应用程序中心应用程序464和用户界面应用程序468。直播电视应用程序452可以通过不同的信号源提供直播电视。例如,直播电视应用程序452可以使用来自有线电视、无线广播、卫星服务或其他类型的直播电视服务的输入提供电视。然后直播电视应用程序452可在智能电视100的显示屏上显示多媒体演示或直播电视信号的视频和音频演示。The application layer 416 contains both applications that can also be associated with the smart TV 100. Application layer 416 may include, but is not limited to, one or more live TV applications 452, video on demand application 456, media center application 460, application center application 464, and user interface application 468. The live TV application 452 can provide live television through different sources. For example, live television application 452 can provide television using input from cable television, wireless broadcast, satellite services, or other types of live television services. The live TV application 452 can then display a video and audio presentation of the multimedia presentation or live television signal on the display of the smart television 100.
视频点播应用程序456可以提供来自不同储存源的视频。不同于直播电视应用程序452,视频点播456提供来自某些储存来源的视频显示。视频点播源可以和用户或智能电视或某些其他类型的服务关联。例如,视频点播456可以从以云技术储存的iTunes库、从包含已存视频节目的本地硬盘存储器或某些其他来源提供。Video on demand application 456 can provide video from different storage sources. Unlike live TV application 452, video on demand 456 provides video display from certain storage sources. The video on demand source can be associated with a user or a smart TV or some other type of service. For example, video on demand 456 may be provided from an iTunes library stored in cloud technology, from a local hard disk storage containing stored video programs, or some other source.
媒体中心应用程序460可以提供各种媒体演示所需的应用程序。例如,媒体中心460可以为不同于直播电视或视频点播但用户仍可访问的图像或音频的显示提供服务。媒体中心460可以通过访问不同的来源获得在智能电视100上显示的媒体。The media center application 460 can provide the applications required for various media presentations. For example, media center 460 can provide services for display of images or audio that are different from live television or video on demand but still accessible to the user. Media center 460 can obtain media displayed on smart television 100 by accessing different sources.
应用程序中心464可以提供、储存和使用应用程序。应用程序可以是一种游戏、生 产力应用程序或某些和计算机系统或其他设备普遍相关的但可以在智能电视中运行的其他应用程序。应用程序中心464可从不同来源获得这些应用程序,将它们储存在本地存储器中,然后在智能电视100上为用户执行这些应用程序。 Application Center 464 can provide, store, and use applications. An application can be a game, a productivity application, or some other application that is generally associated with a computer system or other device but can run on a smart TV. Application Center 464 can obtain these applications from different sources, store them in local storage, and then execute the applications on the smart TV 100 for the user.
用户界面应用程序468可为与智能电视100关联的特定用户界面提供服务。这些用户界面可以包含图5所述的筒仓和面板。用户界面软件500的一个实例如图5所示。此处的应用程序框架412包含一个或多个代码组件,可帮助控制用户界面事件,同时应用程序层416中的一个或多个应用程序影响着智能电视100的用户界面的使用。应用程序框架412可以包含一个筒仓切换控制器504和/或输入事件发送器508。应用程序框架412中的代码组件可能比图5所示的更多或更少。筒仓切换控制器504包含管理一个或多个筒仓之间的切换的代码和语言。筒仓可以是智能电视上垂直的用户界面功能,包含用户可用信息。切换控制器504可以在用户界面发生事件时管理两个筒仓之间的切换。输入事件发送器508可以接收用户界面的事件信息,这些事件信息来自操作系统,然后发送到输入事件发送器508。这些事件信息可以包含遥控器或电视上的按钮选择或其他类型的用户界面输入。然后,输入事件发送器可以将这些事件信息发送至筒仓管理器532或面板管理器536(视事件类型而定)。筒仓切换控制器504可以和筒仓管理器532互动以影响筒仓的更改。 User interface application 468 can provide services for a particular user interface associated with smart television 100. These user interfaces may include the silos and panels described in FIG. An example of user interface software 500 is shown in FIG. The application framework 412 herein includes one or more code components that can help control user interface events, while one or more applications in the application layer 416 affect the use of the user interface of the smart television 100. The application framework 412 can include a silo switching controller 504 and/or an input event transmitter 508. The code components in the application framework 412 may be more or less than shown in FIG. Silo switching controller 504 includes code and language that manages switching between one or more silos. The silo can be a vertical user interface function on a smart TV that contains information available to the user. The switching controller 504 can manage the switching between the two silos when an event occurs on the user interface. The input event sender 508 can receive event information for the user interface from the operating system and then to the input event sender 508. These event information can include button selections on the remote control or television or other types of user interface inputs. The input event sender can then send these event information to the silo manager 532 or the panel manager 536 (depending on the type of event). The silo switching controller 504 can interact with the silo manager 532 to affect the change of the silo.
应用程序框架416可以包含用户界面应用程序468和/或筒仓应用程序512。应用程序框架416可包含的控制智能电视100所必须的用户界面应用程序可以比图5所示的更多或更少。用户界面应用程序可以包含筒仓管理器532、面板控制器536和一种或多种面板516至528。筒仓管理器532管理筒仓的显示和/或功能。筒仓管理器532可以接收或发送来自筒仓切换控制器504或输入事件发送器508的信息,以更改显示的筒仓和/或决定筒仓接收的输入类型。 Application framework 416 can include user interface application 468 and/or silo application 512. The user interface application that the application framework 416 can contain to control the smart television 100 can be more or less than that shown in FIG. The user interface application can include a silo manager 532, a panel controller 536, and one or more panels 516-528. The silo manager 532 manages the display and/or functionality of the silo. The silo manager 532 can receive or transmit information from the silo switching controller 504 or the input event transmitter 508 to alter the displayed silos and/or determine the type of input received by the silos.
面板管理器536可以在用户界面中显示面板,以管理这些面板之间的切换或影响在面板中接收的用户界面输入。因此,面板管理器536可以和不同用户界面面板通信,如全局面板516、音量面板520、设置面板524和/或通知面板528。面板管理器536可以显示这些类型的面板,具体取决于来自输入事件发送器508的输入。全局面板516可能包含和主屏幕相关的信息或用户的最高层级信息。音量面板520显示的信息和音频音量控件或其他音量设置相关。设置面板524显示的信息和音频或视频设置或智能电视100的其他可设置特性相关。通知面板528可以提供和用户通知相关的信息。这些通知可能和诸如视频点播显示、收藏、目前提供的节目等或其他信息相关。通知的内容和媒体或 某些类型的设置或操作或智能电视100相关。面板管理器536可以和筒仓应用程序512的面板控制器552通信。 Panel manager 536 can display panels in the user interface to manage switching between these panels or affect user interface input received in the panel. Thus, panel manager 536 can communicate with different user interface panels, such as global panel 516, volume panel 520, settings panel 524, and/or notification panel 528. Panel manager 536 can display these types of panels depending on the input from input event sender 508. Global panel 516 may contain information related to the home screen or the highest level of information for the user. The information displayed by volume panel 520 is related to the audio volume control or other volume settings. The information displayed by the settings panel 524 is related to audio or video settings or other settable characteristics of the smart television 100. Notification panel 528 can provide information related to user notifications. These notifications may be related to, for example, video on demand displays, favorites, currently offered programs, and the like. The content of the notification is related to the media or certain types of settings or operations or to the smart TV 100. Panel manager 536 can be in communication with panel controller 552 of silo application 512.
面板控制器552可控制上述几种类型中的某些面板。因此,面板控制器552可以和顶面板应用程序540、应用程序面板544和/或底面板548通信。这几种面板在智能电视100的用户界面中显示时各不相同。因此,面板控件可基于系统配置或当前使用的显示屏类型而定,将面板516至528设置成一定的显示方向(由顶面板应用程序540、应用程序面板544或底面板应用程序548决定)。The panel controller 552 can control some of the above types. Accordingly, panel controller 552 can be in communication with top panel application 540, application panel 544, and/or bottom panel 548. These panels are different when displayed in the user interface of the smart TV 100. Thus, the panel controls can be based on the system configuration or the type of display currently in use, with panels 516 through 528 set to a certain display orientation (as determined by top panel application 540, application panel 544, or bottom panel application 548).
图6是数据服务432与数据管理操作的一个实例。数据管理600可包含和不同类型的数据关联的一个或多个代码组件。例如,数据服务432中可以有数个代码组件,可执行视频点播、电子节目指南或媒体数据并与之相关。数据服务432的组件类型可能比图6所示的更多或更少。每种不同类型的数据都可能包含数据模型604-612。这些数据模型决定着数据服务要储存什么信息以及将如何储存这些信息。因此,数据模型可以管理任何数据,不论它们来自哪里以及它们将如何在智能电视系统中被接收和管理。因此,数据模型604、608和/或612可以提供转化能力或影响数据从一种形式转化成另一种可供智能电视100使用的形式的能力。Figure 6 is an example of a data service 432 and data management operations. Data management 600 can include one or more code components associated with different types of data. For example, data service 432 can have several code components that can be associated with and associated with video on demand, electronic program guides, or media data. The component type of data service 432 may be more or less than that shown in FIG. Each different type of data may contain data models 604-612. These data models determine what information the data service stores and how it will be stored. Therefore, the data model can manage any data, no matter where they come from and how they will be received and managed in a smart TV system. Thus, data models 604, 608, and/or 612 can provide the ability to transform or influence the conversion of data from one form to another for use by smart television 100.
各种不同的数据服务(视频点播、电子节目指南、媒体)都有一种数据子服务620、624和/或628,用于和一个或多个内部和/或外部内容提供器616通信。数据子服务620、624和628与内容提供器616通信以获取数据,然后将其储存在数据库632、636和640中。子服务620、624和628可以与内容提供器通信,启动或启用一个或多个源插件644、648和652以与内容提供器通信。对于各个内容提供器616,其源插件644、648和652也有所不同。因此,如果数据有多个内容源,每个数据子服务620、624和628可以决定,然后启用或启动不同的源插件644、648和/或652。此外,内容提供器616还可以为资源仲裁器656和/或缩略图缓存管理器660提供信息。资源仲裁器656可以和数据服务432之外的资源664通信。因此,资源仲裁器656可以和云存储器、网络存储器或资源664中的其他类型的外置存储器通信。然后,信息将通过内容提供器模块616提供给数据子服务620、624、628。类似地,缩略图缓存管理器包含来自数据子服务620、624、628其中之一的缩略图信息,并将信息储存在缩略图数据库666中。而且,缩略图缓存管理器660还可以从缩略图数据库666中提取或检索信息以提供给数据子服务620、624、628其中之一。A variety of different data services (video on demand, electronic program guides, media) have a data subservice 620, 624 and/or 628 for communicating with one or more internal and/or external content providers 616. Data sub-services 620, 624, and 628 communicate with content provider 616 to retrieve data and then store it in databases 632, 636, and 640. Subservices 620, 624, and 628 can communicate with a content provider to enable or enable one or more source plugins 644, 648, and 652 to communicate with a content provider. Source plugins 644, 648 and 652 are also different for each content provider 616. Thus, if the data has multiple content sources, each of the data subservices 620, 624, and 628 can decide and then enable or launch different source plugins 644, 648 and/or 652. In addition, content provider 616 can also provide information to resource arbiter 656 and/or thumbnail cache manager 660. Resource arbiter 656 can communicate with resources 664 outside of data service 432. Thus, resource arbiter 656 can communicate with cloud memory, network memory, or other types of external memory in resource 664. The information will then be provided to the data subservices 620, 624, 628 by the content provider module 616. Similarly, the thumbnail cache manager contains thumbnail information from one of the data subservices 620, 624, 628 and stores the information in the thumbnail database 666. Moreover, the thumbnail cache manager 660 can also extract or retrieve information from the thumbnail database 666 for provision to one of the data subservices 620, 624, 628.
图7显示的是示范性内容聚合结构1300。该结构可包含一个用户界面和内容聚合 层1304和1308。用户界面层1304可包含一个电视应用程序1312、媒体播放器1316和应用程序1320。电视应用程序1312使观众可以观看通过恰当的传送媒介(如电缆、卫星和/或互联网)接收到的频道。媒体播放器1316可观看通过恰当的传送媒介(如互联网)接收到的其他类型的媒体。应用程序1320包含其他与电视相关(预安装)的应用程序,如内容查看、内容搜索、设备查看和设置算法,还可以和媒体播放器1316协作以给观众提供信息。FIG. 7 shows an exemplary content aggregation structure 1300. The structure can include a user interface and content aggregation layers 1304 and 1308. The user interface layer 1304 can include a television application 1312, a media player 1316, and an application 1320. The television application 1312 allows viewers to view channels received through appropriate transmission media such as cable, satellite, and/or the Internet. The media player 1316 can view other types of media received over an appropriate transmission medium, such as the Internet. The application 1320 includes other television-related (pre-installed) applications, such as content viewing, content search, device viewing and setup algorithms, and can also cooperate with the media player 1316 to provide information to the viewer.
内容源层1308作为数据服务包含一个内容源服务1328、内容聚合服务1332和内容展示服务1336。内容源服务1328管理内容源调查器,包括本地和/或网络文件系统、数字网络设备管理器(其通过已知技术,如多路广播通用的即插即用或UPnP发现技术,发现手持式或非手持式设备(例如数字媒体服务器、播放器、渲染器、控制器、打印机、上传器、下载器、网络连接功能和互操作单元),并对发现的每个设备检索、分析和加密设备描述符,通知新发现设备的内容源服务,以及提供和之前发现的设备有关的信息,如索引)、互联网协议电视或IPTV、数字电视或DTV(包括高清和增强电视)、第三方服务(如上文引用的服务)和应用程序(如安卓应用程序)。The content source layer 1308 includes a content source service 1328, a content aggregation service 1332, and a content presentation service 1336 as data services. The content source service 1328 manages content source investigators, including local and/or network file systems, digital network device managers (which are found to be handheld or by known techniques such as versatile plug-and-play or UPnP discovery techniques). Non-handheld devices (such as digital media servers, players, renderers, controllers, printers, uploaders, downloaders, network connectivity, and interoperability units), and retrieve, analyze, and encrypt device descriptions for each discovered device , informs the newly discovered device's content source service, and provides information about previously discovered devices, such as indexing), Internet Protocol TV or IPTV, digital TV or DTV (including HD and enhanced TV), third-party services (such as above) Referenced services) and applications (such as Android apps).
内容源调查器可以追踪内容源,一般配置为二进制。内容源服务1328可启动内容源调查器并维护开放和持久的通信通道。通信包括查询或命令和响应对。内容聚合服务1332管理内容元数据获取器,如视频、音频和/或图像元数据获取器。内容展示服务1336提供内容索引界面,如安卓应用程序界面和数字设备界面。The content source investigator can track content sources, typically configured as binary. The content source service 1328 can launch the content source investigator and maintain an open and persistent communication channel. Communication includes queries or command and response pairs. The content aggregation service 1332 manages content metadata acquirers, such as video, audio, and/or image metadata acquirers. The content presentation service 1336 provides a content indexing interface, such as an Android application interface and a digital device interface.
内容源服务1328可发送送往和接收来自内容聚合服务1332的通信1344。通信包含关于最新和已删除的数字设备和/或内容和搜索查询和结果的通知。内容聚合服务1332可发送送往和接收来自内容展示服务1336的通信1348,包括设备和/或内容查找通知,感兴趣内容的咨询和通知以及搜索查询和结果。Content source service 1328 can send communications 1344 to and from content aggregation service 1332. The communication contains notifications about the latest and deleted digital devices and/or content and search queries and results. The content aggregation service 1332 can send communications 1348 to and from the content presentation service 1336, including device and/or content lookup notifications, consultations and notifications of the content of interest, and search queries and results.
执行搜索时,尤其是用户正在搜索或浏览内容时,内容展示服务1336可接收来自用户界面层1300的用户请求,从而打开插座并将该请求发送至内容聚合服务1332。内容聚合服务1332首先返回来自本地数据库1340的结果。本地数据库1340包含索引或数据模型和已编入索引的元数据。内容源服务1328进一步发出对于所有内容源调查器和其他数据管理系统的搜索并浏览请求。所述结果将被发送至内容聚合服务1332,其更新数据库1340以反映进一步搜索结果,并通过之前打开的插座,将原始内容聚合数据库搜索结果和反映更多内容源服务搜索结果的数据更新结果提供给内容展示服务1336。然后内容展示服务1336将该结果提供给用户界面层1300的一个或多个组件以向观众展 示。当搜索阶段结束后(例如搜索阶段被用户或用户的操作终止),用户界面层1300将断开插座的连接。如图所示,媒体可以从内容聚合服务1332直接提供到媒体播放器1316以向用户显示。When performing a search, particularly when the user is searching or browsing content, the content presentation service 1336 can receive a user request from the user interface layer 1300, thereby opening the outlet and sending the request to the content aggregation service 1332. The content aggregation service 1332 first returns the results from the local database 1340. The local database 1340 contains an index or data model and indexed metadata. The content source service 1328 further issues search and browse requests for all content source investigators and other data management systems. The results will be sent to the content aggregation service 1332, which updates the database 1340 to reflect further search results, and provides the original content aggregation database search results and data update results reflecting more content source service search results through previously opened sockets. Present the service 1336 to the content. The content presentation service 1336 then provides the results to one or more components of the user interface layer 1300 for presentation to the viewer. When the search phase is over (eg, the search phase is terminated by the user or user's operation), the user interface layer 1300 will disconnect the socket. As shown, the media can be provided directly from the content aggregation service 1332 to the media player 1316 for display to the user.
如图8中,视频内容(如电视节目、视频、电视等)在屏幕212的正面显示。视窗1100遮掩在屏幕212的部分,其余部分显示的视频内容,也可以使屏幕212显示视频内容的部分沿着视窗1100的高度变化时向上或向下移动,和/或压缩,还可以的是,视窗1100叠加在视频内容上,视窗1100的高度变化不会影响视频内容的显示位置。As shown in FIG. 8, video content (e.g., television programming, video, television, etc.) is displayed on the front of screen 212. The window 1100 is hidden in the portion of the screen 212, and the remaining portion of the displayed video content may also cause the screen 212 to display a portion of the video content that moves up or down as the height of the window 1100 changes, and/or compression, and, The window 1100 is superimposed on the video content, and the height change of the window 1100 does not affect the display position of the video content.
视窗1100可包含一项或多项信息,如:与目前显示图像和/或内容相关的面板推荐栏、详细信息(例如标题、日期/时间、音频/视频指示符、评定等级和风格等)、热键栏、浏览请求和/或搜索请求相关的信息输入栏。The window 1100 can include one or more pieces of information such as a panel recommendation bar associated with the currently displayed image and/or content, details (eg, title, date/time, audio/video indicator, rating and style, etc.), Information entry fields related to hotkey bars, browse requests, and/or search requests.
在一些实例中,视窗1100包含与内容相关的恰当信息(如名称、持续时间和/或余下的内容浏览时间)、设置信息、电视或系统控制信息、应用程序(激活)图标(如:预安装和/或下载的应用程序)、应用程序中心、媒体中心、网页浏览器、、输入源的信息。In some examples, the window 1100 contains appropriate information related to the content (such as name, duration, and/or remaining content browsing time), setup information, television or system control information, application (activation) icons (eg, pre-installation) And/or downloaded applications), application center, media center, web browser, input source information.
如图9是针对内容/筒仓选择器的一个用户界面的直观形象实例。该直观形象1400中包含一个内容源选择器1404。内容源选择器1404包含一个或多个筒仓1408至1424的图标。Figure 9 is an intuitive image example of a user interface for a content/silk selector. The visual image 1400 includes a content source selector 1404. Content source selector 1404 contains icons for one or more silos 1408 through 1424.
内容源选择器1404可包含两个或多个代表不同筒仓的图标1408至1424。例如,图标1408至1420代表不同的内容应用程序筒仓。不同的内容应用程序筒仓可能包含一个直播电视筒仓,由图标1408表示。直播电视筒仓是广播电视信号应用程序的逻辑表示形式,该应用程序可提供电视内容给电视100的用户。视频点播(VOD)筒仓是用图标1412表示。VOD筒仓提供访问可选择和可按需提供给用户的视频或其他类型的媒体的路径。媒体中心筒仓由图标1416表示。媒体中心筒仓包含提供由用户开发或储存的图像和/或电影的应用程序。媒体中心为用户提供了一种使用智能电视100储存其媒体的方式。应用程序筒仓由图标1420表示。应用程序筒仓提供游戏和其他可在电视上访问和使用的用户应用程序等。输入源筒仓1424可以是任何类型通过输入端口或其他电气连接方式与电视100连接的设备或其他储存机制,如:HDMI等其他输入接口,或输入接口集合筒仓。 Content source selector 1404 can include two or more icons 1408 through 1424 representing different silos. For example, icons 1408 through 1420 represent different content application silos. Different content application silos may contain a live TV silo, represented by icon 1408. The live TV silo is a logical representation of a broadcast television signal application that provides television content to the user of the television 100. A video on demand (VOD) silo is represented by an icon 1412. The VOD silo provides access to a video or other type of media that can be selected and available to the user on demand. The media center silo is represented by icon 1416. A media center silo contains an application that provides images and/or movies developed or stored by the user. The Media Center provides a way for users to store their media using Smart TV 100. The application silo is represented by icon 1420. Application silos provide games and other user applications that can be accessed and used on the TV. The input source silo 1424 can be any type of device or other storage mechanism that is connected to the television 100 via an input port or other electrical connection, such as other input interfaces such as HDMI, or an input interface collection silo.
C/S通信系统C/S communication system
图10是一种示例性的C/S通信系统,包括终端(手机、遥控器、PAD等移动终端,或/和,智能电视、空调、冰箱等PC终端)、网络和服务器,终端与服务器通过接入网络传输数据,接入网络可以是蜂窝网(4G、5G等)、局域网或城域网,在家庭环境中,通过路由器搭建局域网以实现多终端之间互联互通,是提高用户体验的一种有效途径。10 is an exemplary C/S communication system including a terminal (a mobile terminal such as a mobile phone, a remote controller, a PAD, or/and a PC terminal such as a smart TV, an air conditioner, a refrigerator, etc.), a network, and a server, and the terminal and the server pass The access network can transmit data. The access network can be a cellular network (4G, 5G, etc.), a local area network or a metropolitan area network. In a home environment, setting up a local area network through a router to realize interconnection and intercommunication between multiple terminals is a method for improving user experience. An effective way.
终端中存储的本地内容与之间存在一一对应的相互映射关系,本地URL经过域名解析器(例如:路由器或DNS服务器)转换为目标URL,,存储目标网络资源的设备包括其他分布式终端或服务器,并且基于应答机制向发送目标URL地址的终端反馈目标网络地址。There is a one-to-one mapping relationship between the local content stored in the terminal, and the local URL is converted into a target URL by a domain name resolver (for example, a router or a DNS server), and the device storing the target network resource includes other distributed terminals or The server, and based on the response mechanism, feeds back the target network address to the terminal that sends the target URL address.
为了提高PC终端与服务器直接的通信效率,在至少两个终端之间互联互通的过程中,移动终端能够作为PC终端的数据传输桥梁,一种方式即为:移动终端中的应用程序通过识别PC终端上显示的二维码在两者之间建立绑定关系,基于该绑定关系从接入网络中接收与PC终端中应用程序相关联的本地内容,也可以基于HTTP协议将从PC终端接收的本地内容上传到服务器;另一种方式为:基于MQTT协议在PC终端中配置代理服务器,利用该代理服务器在PC终端和移动终端之间相互传输本地内容或/网络内容,以使移动终端代替PC终端与服务器之间数据交互,可以在PC终端配置较低的情形下,提高PC终端的数据船速效率。In order to improve the communication efficiency between the PC terminal and the server, the mobile terminal can serve as a data transmission bridge for the PC terminal in the process of interconnecting at least two terminals. One way is that the application in the mobile terminal recognizes the PC. The two-dimensional code displayed on the terminal establishes a binding relationship between the two, and receives the local content associated with the application in the PC terminal from the access network based on the binding relationship, and may also receive the local content from the PC terminal based on the HTTP protocol. The local content is uploaded to the server; the other way is: configuring the proxy server in the PC terminal based on the MQTT protocol, and using the proxy server to transfer local content or/network content between the PC terminal and the mobile terminal, so that the mobile terminal replaces The data interaction between the PC terminal and the server can improve the data ship speed efficiency of the PC terminal in the case where the PC terminal configuration is low.
在上述方式中,移动终端可以从PC终端处接收本地统一资源定位符(为了便于描述,下称本地URL地址),经过域名解析器(例如:DNS服务器或者路由器等)转换本地URL地址为目标URL地址,在接入网络中的访问路径下请求与目标URL对应的目标网络内容,服务器基于应答机制向移动终端或与其绑定的PC终端反馈目标网络内容。In the above manner, the mobile terminal may receive a local uniform resource locator (hereinafter referred to as a local URL address for convenience of description) from the PC terminal, and convert the local URL address to the target URL through a domain name resolver (for example, a DNS server or a router). The address requests the target network content corresponding to the target URL in the access path in the access network, and the server feeds back the target network content to the mobile terminal or the PC terminal bound thereto according to the response mechanism.
以分布式部署的多个服务器,可以包括第三方服务器相关联的第一服务器和为用户提供终端服务的第二服务器,终端可以直接通过目标URL地址访问第一服务器,也可以先访问第二服务器,第二服务器与第一服务器之间通信交互,以使得第二服务器接收第一服务器处的网络内容并反馈给终端。The plurality of servers deployed in a distributed manner may include a first server associated with the third-party server and a second server that provides terminal services for the user. The terminal may directly access the first server through the target URL address, or may access the second server first. And communicating interaction between the second server and the first server, so that the second server receives the network content at the first server and feeds back to the terminal.
在一些实施例中,不同终端基于同一接入网络互联互通,如:电视及手机接入相同的无线网络;或者,基于不同接入网络建立绑定关系,如:电视接入无线网络且手机接入蜂窝网络。In some embodiments, different terminals are interconnected based on the same access network, such as: TV and mobile phone access the same wireless network; or, based on different access networks, establish binding relationships, such as: TV access wireless network and mobile phone connection Into the cellular network.
云服务平台Cloud service platform
图11是一种示例性的云服务平台,在终端和服务器通信交互的访问路径中可以包括:在终端中的应用程序、网络优化系统、内容管理系统、云存储系统和第三方服务系统,在终端上运行时,终端通过接收用户针对应用程序时所展示的用户图形界面上界面元素的输入,并响应于该输入沿着访问路径向至少部分系统传输请求包,以及接收与请求包对应的目标网络内容,将目标网络内容显示在界面元素中,便于用户查看,其中,应用程序可以是第三方应用程序或者终端中的预安装程序。11 is an exemplary cloud service platform, which may include: an application in a terminal, a network optimization system, a content management system, a cloud storage system, and a third-party service system in an access path of a terminal and a server communication interaction. When the terminal is running, the terminal receives the input of the interface element on the graphical interface of the user displayed by the user for the application, and transmits the request packet to at least part of the system along the access path in response to the input, and receives the target corresponding to the request packet. The network content displays the target network content in the interface element for the user to view, wherein the application may be a third-party application or a pre-installer in the terminal.
接收并响应于触发第三方应用程序(如微信或淘宝)所输入的指令,通过HTTP协议封装请求包,请求包在接入网络中传输效率的需求,促使网络优化系统不可或缺,尤其是在分布式终端集中请求的情形下,可以降低系统崩溃的几率;在网络优化系统中可以包括CDN(内容分发网络)加速服务器和/或负载均衡服务器等。Receiving and responding to instructions input by a third-party application (such as WeChat or Taobao), encapsulating the request packet through the HTTP protocol, and requesting the transmission efficiency of the packet in the access network, prompting the network optimization system to be indispensable, especially in In the case of distributed terminal centralized request, the probability of system crash can be reduced; in the network optimization system, a CDN (Content Distribution Network) acceleration server and/or a load balancing server can be included.
CDN加速服务器基于用户应用程序中输入要访问的域名,应用程序向本地DNS请求对该域名解析,本地DNS将请求转发到主DNS,主DNS根据导流分发策略确定出适合于终端的CDN服务器,并将解析的IP地址发送给终端,终端以该IP地址向与其对应的CND节点请求对应的网络内容;负载均衡服务器遵循预置的分流策略对请求分流,在分布式业务服务器上分摊执行业务数据,提供扩展服务器带宽、吞吐量/数据运算能力,增强网络灵活性和可用性。The CDN acceleration server inputs the domain name to be accessed based on the user application, the application requests the local DNS to resolve the domain name, the local DNS forwards the request to the primary DNS, and the primary DNS determines the CDN server suitable for the terminal according to the flow distribution policy. Sending the parsed IP address to the terminal, the terminal requests the corresponding network content from the corresponding CND node by using the IP address; the load balancing server divides the request according to the preset traffic distribution policy, and distributes the execution service data on the distributed service server. Provides extended server bandwidth, throughput/data computing power, and enhanced network flexibility and availability.
为用户提供丰富化服务内容的内容管理系统,可以包括应用管理系统、会员管理系统、支付系统等,应用管理系统存储与第三方应用程序相关联的应用内容,也即与应用程序的安装包有关联的信息,诸如包流量值、包名、服务商信息等,会员管理系统可以存储用于开通/管理与虚拟商品相关联服务的会员内容,该会员内容可以包括会员等级、账户、用户增长值等,支付系统可以为用户提供转账服务、充值服务、支付渠道和/或支付帐号管理服务及其对应的支付产品。A content management system for providing users with rich service content, which may include an application management system, a member management system, a payment system, etc., and the application management system stores application content associated with the third-party application, that is, the installation package with the application has Associated information, such as package flow value, package name, service provider information, etc., the member management system may store member content for opening/managing services associated with the virtual goods, the member content may include membership level, account, user growth value Etc., the payment system can provide the user with a transfer service, a top-up service, a payment channel, and/or a payment account management service and its corresponding payment product.
云存储系统包括非易失性的云数据库和易失性的云缓存,可以通过云缓存直接读取或者从云数据库中查询内容管理系统中预存的网络内容,云缓存中存储的数据结构如K-V结构,以集群方式或主从方式部署可以兼容Redis协议,克服数据丢失和服务中断,也可以在云缓存出现异常时重新创建,从云数据库中重新读取。The cloud storage system includes a non-volatile cloud database and a volatile cloud cache, and can directly read or retrieve the pre-stored network content in the content management system through the cloud cache, and the data structure stored in the cloud cache, such as KV. The structure, deployed in a cluster or master-slave manner, is compatible with the Redis protocol, overcoming data loss and service interruption, and can be recreated when the cloud cache is abnormal, and re-read from the cloud database.
第三方服务系统包括与第三方服务器对接的支付接口(如微信支付)和第三方合作伙伴接口中的其他接口,通过调用第三方合作接口接收请求所需的第三方内容,并将该第三方内容反馈给内容管理系统。The third-party service system includes a payment interface (such as WeChat payment) that interfaces with the third-party server and other interfaces in the third-party partner interface, and receives the third-party content required for the request by calling a third-party cooperation interface, and the third-party content is Feedback to the content management system.
图12a示出了在购买类应用程序中示例性的图形用户接口(GUI),如用户在聚享购应用程序下显示的商品详情GUI。商品详情页100a在显示屏上可显示优先推荐区110a和非优选推荐区,其中,非优选推荐区区包括附加推荐区120a和相关推荐区130a。Figure 12a illustrates an exemplary graphical user interface (GUI) in a purchase-type application, such as a merchandise detail GUI displayed by a user under a poly-acquisition application. The merchandise details page 100a may display a preferred recommendation area 110a and a non-preferred recommended area on the display screen, wherein the non-preferred recommended area includes an additional recommended area 120a and an associated recommended area 130a.
其中,优先推荐区110a包括用于用户查看虚拟商品的商品缩略图和与商品缩略图呈列向分布的多个推荐位,各个推荐位上显示用于用户查看虚拟商品的主要信息,主要信息包括:商品名称、商品价格、商品货号、销售量和/或第三方服务商的联系方式,服务商联系方式如电话号、即时聊天应用的帐号;每个推荐位由信息类别及其对应的文本信息组成,且用于指示信息类别的文本信息在列向上齐平,以及在行向上推荐位与商品缩略图齐平,即简约显示商品信息,符合用户聚焦习惯;优先推荐区还可以包括用于用户购买虚拟商品的第一接口和用于为用户提供保存商品信息功能的第二接口,其中,接口可以为图形接口或在购买类应用程序中的程序接口,以供用户从个性化虚拟仓库中快速定位被选择的商品信息,如:第一接口可以显示“立即购买”,第二接口可以显示用于指示个性化虚拟仓库的“加入购物车”。The priority recommendation area 110a includes a product thumbnail for the user to view the virtual item and a plurality of recommended bits distributed in the column direction with the product thumbnail, and the main information for the user to view the virtual item is displayed on each recommended position, and the main information includes : product name, commodity price, merchandise number, sales volume and/or contact information of third-party service providers, service provider contact information such as phone number, instant chat application account number; each recommendation bit is composed of information category and corresponding text information The composition, and the text information for indicating the information category is flush in the column direction, and the recommended position on the line is flush with the product thumbnail, that is, the product information is displayed in a simple manner, which conforms to the user's focusing habit; the priority recommendation area may also include the user a first interface for purchasing a virtual item and a second interface for providing a user with a function of saving item information, wherein the interface may be a graphical interface or a program interface in a purchasing application for the user to quickly from the personalized virtual warehouse Locate the selected product information, such as: the first interface can display "Buy Now", the second connection It can be used to indicate the display personalized virtual warehouse "add to cart."
附加推荐区120a包括呈行向分布的多个推荐位,各个推荐位上显示用于用户查看与虚拟商品相关联的次要信息,次要信息包括用于引导用户使用虚拟商品的第一缩略图、用于用户查看虚拟商品适用环境(例如:适配机型的、软硬件配置及其参数和可提供功能等)的第二缩略图和/或用于指示与商品提供商相关联的第三缩略图,在第三缩略图中可以显示服务商名称、服务时间和电话号码;推荐位个数介于5-20之间,可以分页方式布局,其中,与优先推荐区110a同时显示的推荐位位于可视页,在非可视页中的推荐位与优先推荐区110a分时显示,当用户选择推荐位时,可视页与非可视页直之间的状态得到切换,如:可视区一次显示五个推荐位且在非可视区中隐藏四个推荐位,为简约显示状态。The additional recommendation area 120a includes a plurality of recommended bits distributed in a row direction, each of which displays for the user to view secondary information associated with the virtual item, the secondary information including a first thumbnail for guiding the user to use the virtual item a second thumbnail for the user to view the virtual goods applicable environment (eg, adapter model, hardware and software configuration and its parameters and available functions, etc.) and/or to indicate a third associated with the merchandise provider Thumbnail, in the third thumbnail, the name of the service provider, the service time, and the phone number can be displayed; the number of recommended bits is between 5 and 20, and can be laid out in a paged manner, wherein the recommended position displayed simultaneously with the priority recommended area 110a Located in the visible page, the recommended position in the non-visible page is displayed in time-sharing with the priority recommendation area 110a. When the user selects the recommended position, the state between the visible page and the non-visual page is switched, such as: the visible area. Five recommended bits are displayed at a time and four recommended bits are hidden in the non-visible area, which is a simple display state.
相关推荐区130a用于指示向用户推荐与虚拟商品相似或热点的其他虚拟商品,该虚拟商品的缩略图在相关推荐区130a中以行向方式布局,各个缩略图中包括用于链接与其相关联虚拟商品信息的链接地址。The related recommendation area 130a is used to indicate to the user to recommend other virtual goods similar to or hotspots to the virtual product, and the thumbnails of the virtual goods are arranged in a row direction manner in the related recommendation area 130a, and each thumbnail image is included for the link associated with it. The link address of the virtual product information.
在一些实例中,商品详情页100a以焦点显示用户选择推荐位的位置,在焦点定位的推荐位上显示阴影和选择框(如白色外边框)。虽然在本说明中使用的是阴影和选择框的组合,但也可以使用其他方法或者配置来选择和/或识别图标。例如,除阴影和方框外,还可以包含图标和文本的背景,因此使颜色、阴影或色彩不同。选择性地或附加地,阴影和焦点可包含放大或扩大的图标和文本。In some examples, the merchandise detail page 100a displays the location where the user selects the recommended location with focus, and displays a shadow and selection box (eg, a white outer border) on the recommended location of the focus location. Although a combination of shading and selection boxes is used in this description, other methods or configurations may be used to select and/or identify icons. For example, in addition to shadows and boxes, you can also include the background of icons and text, so make colors, shadows, or colors different. Alternatively or additionally, the shadows and focus may include enlarged or enlarged icons and text.
焦点默认位置在优先推荐区110a的商品缩略图上,用户可以只是将焦点移动到优先推荐区110a中某个推荐位上进行查看;也可以选择焦点所在位置的推荐区域。一旦做出选择,可以提供用于与所选择的内容交互的另一个GUI给用户。The focus default position is on the product thumbnail of the priority recommendation area 110a, and the user can simply move the focus to a recommended position in the priority recommendation area 110a for viewing; or the recommended area where the focus is located. Once the selection is made, another GUI for interacting with the selected content can be provided to the user.
结合图12a和图12b所示,响应于用户在优先推荐区110a中选择第一接口或第二接口的输入,显示用于指示商品提供商停止提供虚拟商品的第一消息,第一消息用于提示用户虚拟商品停止销售的服务状态,在优选推荐区110a中可以至少显示两个第一消息,第一消息111a显示在商品名称上层,另一个第一消息112a与第一接口呈双行分布,为提高用户体验;第一消息以消息提示框的形式呈现,消息提示框112a可以包括用于指向第一接口的方向头,方向头位于消息提示框的边缘;消息提示框111a和112a的渲染颜色突出于第一接口中显示的渲染颜色,文本字体小于商品名称和在第一接口中显示的“立即购买”。Referring to FIG. 12a and FIG. 12b, in response to the user selecting an input of the first interface or the second interface in the priority recommendation area 110a, displaying a first message for instructing the commodity provider to stop providing the virtual commodity, the first message is used for In the preferred recommendation area 110a, at least two first messages may be displayed, the first message 111a is displayed on the upper layer of the product name, and the other first message 112a is distributed in two rows with the first interface. To enhance the user experience; the first message is presented in the form of a message prompt box 112a, the message prompt box 112a may include a direction header for pointing to the first interface, the direction header is located at the edge of the message prompt box; and the rendering colors of the message prompt boxes 111a and 112a Highlights the rendered color displayed in the first interface, the text font is smaller than the item name and "Buy Now" displayed in the first interface.
如图12c所示,响应于用户对第一接口输入的指令,在优先推荐区110a中显示用于指示商品服务商所提供虚拟商品的数量短缺的第二消息,第一接口和/或第二接口的渲染色为灰色,在灰色状态下,接口不响应用户对其输入的指令,第二消息以消息提示框113a和114a形式呈现时与图12b中消息提示框111a和112a类似,此处不再赘述。As shown in FIG. 12c, in response to an instruction input by the user to the first interface, a second message indicating a shortage of the number of virtual goods provided by the merchandise service provider is displayed in the priority recommendation area 110a, the first interface and/or the second The rendering color of the interface is gray. In the gray state, the interface does not respond to the command input by the user. When the second message is presented in the message prompt boxes 113a and 114a, it is similar to the message prompt boxes 111a and 112a in FIG. 12b. Let me repeat.
在一些实施例中,消息提示框可以基于用户所在地理区域显示用于指示与该地理区域相关联的位置消息,如:消息提示框中显示“上海市下架”和第二消息为“上海市缺货”;当在商品详情页100a中弹出第一消息且第一消息包含位置消息时,第一接口和第二接口置于灰色状态,用于指示用户不可再对接口选择输入;当在商品详情页100a中弹出第二消息且第二消息包含位置消息时,第一接口的非灰色状态保持不变,用于指示用户可输入指令而触发第一接口,第二接口置于前述灰色状态;在灰色状态下,接口不可获得焦点。In some embodiments, the message prompt box may display a location message indicating the location associated with the geographic area based on the geographical area where the user is located, such as: the message prompt box displays "Shanghai City" and the second message is "Shanghai City." Out of stock"; when the first message is popped up in the product details page 100a and the first message contains a location message, the first interface and the second interface are placed in a gray state, indicating that the user can no longer select input for the interface; When the second message is popped up in the detail page 100a and the second message includes the location message, the non-gray state of the first interface remains unchanged, indicating that the user can input the instruction to trigger the first interface, and the second interface is placed in the gray state; In the gray state, the interface does not have focus.
图12d为本实施例的另一种商品详情GUI。在商品详情页的优先推荐区中还包括用于用户选择优惠券的第三接口,基于用户对第三接口输入的指令而显示消息提示框,在第三接口中包括用于指示第三接口功能的提示信息,提示信息如250元优惠卷、点卡等;在附加推荐区120a中显示的消息提示框包括用于提示用优惠券,或者,在附加推荐区区120和优先推荐区110a之间的空白区域。Figure 12d is another merchandise detail GUI of the embodiment. The third recommendation interface for the user to select the coupon is further included in the priority recommendation area of the product details page, and the message prompt box is displayed based on the instruction input by the user to the third interface, and the third interface function is included in the third interface. The prompt information, the prompt information such as a 250-yuan coupon, a point card, etc.; the message prompt box displayed in the additional recommendation area 120a includes a coupon for prompting, or between the additional recommended area 120 and the priority recommended area 110a. An empty area.
需要说明的是,诸如:商品名称、缩略图和接口等界面元素的分布方式、内容及名称可以根据设计需要,或者提高用户体验的需求,以其他替代方式在用户界面上显示,实施例中仅为示例性描述。It should be noted that the distribution manners, contents, and names of interface elements such as product names, thumbnails, and interfaces may be displayed on the user interface in other alternative manners according to design requirements or requirements for improving the user experience. For illustrative purposes.
在一些实施例中,如图12e-1所示,响应于对第三接口输入的指令,在商品详情GUI100a上层覆盖另一GUI,在用户界面200a中显示呈行向分布的多个选项栏,各个选项栏中显示不同的优惠信息,该优惠信息包括主题名称、优惠价格、有效期等;选项栏基于用户输入的选择而从未领取状态切换至用于标记优惠券为领取状态的标记符,标记符可以包括区别于优惠信息的勾号及其渲染色(例如:绿色或黄色),勾号可以显示在选项栏中部,字体号在行向上的长度小于选项栏的长度,和/或字体号在列向上的宽度不小于选项栏的宽度,为聚焦状态。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 12e-1, in response to an instruction input to the third interface, another GUI is overlaid on the merchandise detail GUI 100a, and a plurality of option columns distributed in a row direction are displayed in the user interface 200a. Different option information is displayed in each option column, and the offer information includes the theme name, the preferential price, the expiration date, and the like; the option bar is switched from the uncollected state to the tag for marking the coupon as the receiving state based on the user-entered selection, and the tag is marked. The character can include a tick that differs from the offer information and its rendered color (for example: green or yellow), the tick can be displayed in the option bar, the length of the font number in the line up is less than the length of the option bar, and/or the font number is The width of the column up is not less than the width of the option bar and is in focus.
在一些实施例中,标记符包括在勾号下层且在选项栏上层的衬底,勾号显示在衬底内,以及该衬底位于选项栏边角(例如:右上角、左上角或右下角等);在用户界面200a中也可以显示用于提示用户对选项栏输入的提示信息,提示信息如:“领取优惠券”、“已抢光,下次记得早点来哦!”。In some embodiments, the marker includes a substrate below the tick and above the option bar, the tick is displayed within the substrate, and the substrate is located at the corner of the option bar (eg, upper right corner, upper left corner, or lower right corner) In the user interface 200a, the prompt information for prompting the user to input into the option bar may also be displayed, such as: "receive coupons", "have been robbed, remember to come early next time!".
如图12f所示为本实施例的商品属性GUI。响应于用户对第一接口输入的指令(例如:通过遥控器输入“OK”或语音)而在商品详情页100a上层显示商品属性页300a,用于用户查看与虚拟商品相关联的商品属性信息,商品属性页300a可以从显示屏底部弹出,在列向上,第一接口的下边缘与商品属性页300a的上边缘之间存在间距,以及在行向上,第一接口和商品缩略图的下边缘齐平,如此可以不影响用户浏览优先推荐区110a。The product attribute GUI of the present embodiment is shown in Fig. 12f. The item attribute page 300a is displayed on the item detail page 100a in response to an instruction input by the user to the first interface (eg, inputting "OK" or voice through the remote controller) for the user to view the item attribute information associated with the virtual item, The item attribute page 300a may be ejected from the bottom of the display screen, in the column direction, there is a space between the lower edge of the first interface and the upper edge of the article attribute page 300a, and in the line direction, the first interface and the lower edge of the item thumbnail are aligned Ping, this may not affect the user browsing the priority recommendation area 110a.
商品属性页300a包括分类属性信息、商品缩略图和与分类属性信息相关联的商品价格,基于用户输入对分类属性信息的选择而显示不同的商品缩略图和商品价格,分类属性信息可以包括呈多行分布的分类主题和与分类主题相对应的属性信息,其中,分类主题包括颜色分类、尺寸分类和/或数量分类,相应地,属性信息包括白色、32寸和“限购两件,仅剩5件”。The item attribute page 300a includes classification attribute information, a product thumbnail, and a commodity price associated with the classification attribute information, and displays different product thumbnails and commodity prices based on selection of the classification attribute information by the user input, and the classification attribute information may include The classification theme of the row distribution and the attribute information corresponding to the classification theme, wherein the classification theme includes color classification, size classification, and/or quantity classification, and correspondingly, the attribute information includes white, 32-inch, and “limited purchase two pieces, only 5 remaining Piece".
在商品属性页300a中还可以包括与分类属性信息呈行分布的第四接口,在第四接口中显示用于用户查看商品订单结算功能的信息,该信息如“去结算”或“结算商品订单”等;还可以包括用于用户浏览虚拟商品与显示设备适配的提示信息,提示信息如:“此设备可在此机型使用”或“此商品与本地设备配置适配”;提示信息可以是在判断与商品详情页100a相关联的商品适配机型和本地设备的配置参数相互匹配时,显示在分类属性信息上列,且位于商品属性页300a中商品缩略图的右侧,用户可以预知虚拟商品所适用的本地设备(例如:电视),从而选择触发商品订单结算功能,为垂直化结算。The product attribute page 300a may further include a fourth interface distributed with the classification attribute information, and the fourth interface displays information for the user to view the commodity order settlement function, such as “de-settlement” or “settlement commodity order”. ”, etc.; may also include prompt information for the user to browse the virtual goods and the display device, such as: “This device can be used in this model” or “This product is adapted to the local device configuration”; the prompt information can be When it is determined that the product adaptation model associated with the product details page 100a and the configuration parameters of the local device match each other, the column is displayed in the category attribute information, and is located on the right side of the product thumbnail in the product attribute page 300a, and the user can Predict the local device (for example, TV) to which the virtual item is applied, and then choose to trigger the item order settlement function for vertical settlement.
在一些实施例中,如图12g所示,当用户未选择分类属性信息时,基于用户输入第 四接口的指令而显示用于用户查看分类主题的提示信息310a,如“请选择颜色”或“未选择颜色分类”;提示信息310a可以显示在优先推荐区110a中与商品名称相对应的显示位置,也可以在分类属性信息相对应的显示位置,或者在位于分类属性信息右侧的空白区域中显示;前述属性信息可以是基于IP地址显示设备查询其所在地理位置对应的虚拟仓库,预判商品仓库中是否有库存,当无库存时将属性信息设置为灰色状态,例如:用户输入对32寸的选择,显示设备基于IP地址请求查询商品仓库中与32寸对应的颜色分类,若查询无库存,则将颜色分类及其对应的属性信息切换为灰色状态。In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 12g, when the user does not select the classification attribute information, the prompt information 310a for the user to view the classification theme is displayed based on the instruction of the user inputting the fourth interface, such as "please select color" or " The color information is not selected; the prompt information 310a may display the display position corresponding to the product name in the priority recommendation area 110a, or may be the display position corresponding to the classification attribute information, or in a blank area located to the right of the classification attribute information. Displaying; the foregoing attribute information may be based on the IP address display device querying the virtual warehouse corresponding to the geographical location thereof, predicting whether there is inventory in the commodity warehouse, and setting the attribute information to a gray state when there is no inventory, for example, the user input is 32 inches. The selection device displays the color classification corresponding to 32 inches in the commodity warehouse based on the IP address request. If the query has no inventory, the color classification and its corresponding attribute information are switched to a gray state.
沿着电视的显示屏上的宽度方向,商品属性页300a的宽度为L1且商品详情页100a的宽度为L2,L2大于L1;在商品属性页300a中商品价格和分类属性信息中被选中的二级属性双行显示,且在二级属性右侧显示缩略图,该缩略图部分覆盖在商品详情页100a中显示的缩略图;沿着显示屏的长度方向,商品详情页100a和商品属性页300a的长度相同,其中,电视中显示屏的长度方向即为用户界面的行向,宽度方向即为列向。Along the width direction on the display screen of the television, the width of the product property page 300a is L1 and the width of the product details page 100a is L2, L2 is greater than L1; the second selected in the product price and classification attribute information in the product property page 300a The level attribute is displayed in two lines, and a thumbnail is displayed on the right side of the secondary attribute, the thumbnail portion partially covering the thumbnail displayed in the item detail page 100a; along the length direction of the display screen, the item detail page 100a and the item attribute page 300a The length is the same, wherein the length direction of the display screen in the television is the direction of the user interface, and the width direction is the column direction.
如图12h为本实施例的购买详情GUI。购买详情页400a基于用户对第四接口输入的指令而显示,可以在商品属性页300a隐藏或消退后覆盖在商品详情页100a上层;在购买详情页400a中显示二维码,该二维码用于传输与被选择的分类属性信息相关联的第一URL地址,该URL地址被识别后可生成支付订单;在购买详情页400a中还可以包括引导图和与引导图相关联的提示信息,其中,在引导图中可以显示用于扫描二维码的应用程序的图标,提示信息可以包括用于指示该应用程序名称的文本信息和用于指示与二维码的购买功能相关联的文本信息,如:“请用××应用程序扫描二维码完成购买”。FIG. 12h is a purchase detail GUI of the embodiment. The purchase detail page 400a is displayed based on an instruction input by the user to the fourth interface, and may be overlaid on the item detail page 100a after the item attribute page 300a is hidden or faded; the two-dimensional code is displayed on the purchase detail page 400a, and the two-dimensional code is used Transmitting a first URL address associated with the selected category attribute information, the URL address being identified to generate a payment order; the purchase detail page 400a may further include a guide map and prompt information associated with the guide map, wherein An icon of an application for scanning the two-dimensional code may be displayed in the guide map, the prompt information may include text information indicating the name of the application and text information for indicating a purchase function of the two-dimensional code, Such as: "Please use the × × application to scan the QR code to complete the purchase."
移动终端可以通过对前述二维码扫描而链接至支付分页,以使用户对支付分页操作调取第三方支付页面,并在完成支付虚拟货币后向电视反馈用于指示商品订单支付成功的信息,以使电视生成商品订单。The mobile terminal may link to the payment page by scanning the foregoing two-dimensional code, so that the user retrieves the third-party payment page for the payment paging operation, and feeds back information to the television for indicating the success of the payment of the goods order after completing the payment of the virtual currency. In order for the TV to generate a merchandise order.
响应于在购物物类应用程序中输入的指令,进入“我的订单”所对应的商品订单GUI,如图12i,焦点默认处于“全部”选项栏上,接收并响应于用户选择切换焦点的输入,将焦点定位在“待发货”选项栏上,并且其右侧显示用于用户查看商品订单的缩略图;当焦点从“待发货”选项栏切换至前述缩略图时,响应于在该缩略图上输入的触发指令,显示订单详情信息,包括商品详情页100a中显示的虚拟商品信息和基于用户在用户界面300a上选择的属性信息,此处不再赘述。In response to the instruction entered in the shopping object application, the product order GUI corresponding to "My Order" is entered, as shown in Fig. 12i, the focus is on the "All" option bar by default, and the input of the switching focus is received and responded to by the user. , positioning the focus on the "to be shipped" option bar, and displaying the thumbnail for the user to view the merchandise order on the right side; in response to the focus when the focus is switched from the "to be shipped" option bar to the aforementioned thumbnail The trigger instruction input on the thumbnail displays the order details information, including the virtual item information displayed on the item details page 100a and the attribute information selected based on the user on the user interface 300a, and details are not described herein again.
在一些实施例中,基于对附加推荐区120a中推荐位的输入而放大显示被选中的缩略图600a(为了便于描述,下称大图页)参考附图13a,在大图页中显示用于用户购买 虚拟商品的第五接口620a,第五接口620a可以包括输入方式及用于用户浏览主要信息中的商品价格,如:“99元|按OK键购买”。In some embodiments, the selected thumbnail image 600a (hereinafter referred to as a large image page for ease of description) is displayed in an enlarged manner based on the input of the recommended bit in the additional recommended area 120a, and is displayed in the large image page for use in the large image page. The user purchases the fifth interface 620a of the virtual item, and the fifth interface 620a may include an input mode and a price for the user to browse the main information in the main information, such as: “99 yuan|press OK to purchase”.
基于用户连续输入的指令(如左键或右键)切换至大图页,当切换至大图页中的首页时,在首页中显示用于用户查看从大图页退回至商品详情页的提示信息610a,其中,提示信息包括用于表征首页的分页编号、用于表征输入方式的按键信息,如:“第一页,继续按左键返回详情页”或“已经是第一页,继续左键从大图页退回商品详情页”;当切换至大图页中的尾页时,在尾页中显示提示信息640a,如“最后一页,继续按右键返回详情页”,如图13b所示;在大图页中还可以持续显示用于指示大图页切换方向的方向头(如左箭头和右箭头)和大图页页数,其中,大图页页数包括分页编号和总页数,方向头也可以基于输入的指令而在预设时间内显示,预设时间介于1-3秒,本实施例中,预设时间为1秒,为简要状态。The instruction is continuously switched based on the user (such as the left button or the right button) to switch to the large page, and when switching to the first page in the large page, the prompt information for the user to view the return from the large page to the product detail page is displayed in the home page. 610a, wherein the prompt information includes a page number for characterizing the first page, and button information for characterizing the input mode, such as: “the first page, continue to press the left button to return to the details page” or “is already the first page, continue the left button Return to the product details page from the large image page; when switching to the last page in the large page, the prompt information 640a is displayed in the last page, such as "last page, continue to press the right button to return to the details page", as shown in Figure 13b In the large page, you can also continuously display the heads (such as the left and right arrows) and the large page pages that indicate the direction in which the large pages are switched. The number of large pages includes the page number and the total number of pages. The direction head can also be displayed within a preset time based on the input command. The preset time is between 1-3 seconds. In this embodiment, the preset time is 1 second, which is a brief state.
响应于输入的相同指令从大图页600a退回至商品详情页100a,在商品详情页100a中显示提示信息640a,如图13c所示,本实施例中,提示信息在预设2秒内显示且超过2秒隐藏。In response to the input the same instruction is returned from the large page 600a to the product detail page 100a, the prompt information 640a is displayed in the product detail page 100a, as shown in FIG. 13c, in the embodiment, the prompt information is displayed within a preset 2 seconds and Hidden for more than 2 seconds.
在一些实施例中,移动终端(例如:智能手机、PAD或可穿戴设备等)通过在(例如:电视、台式计算机)上显示的二维码与该PC终端建立绑定关系,可以将绑定关系存储在移动终端中,也可以上传到服务器,以基于该绑定关系向PC终端回传信息,其中,该信息是基于二维码中携带的本地URL地址从服务器中查询得到,二维码是由运行在电视上的互联类应用程序生成得到(例如:微信互联电视的应用程序);在与二维码相对应的显示区域中还可以包括用于引导用户进入扫描页面的教程缩略图,以提高用户体验。In some embodiments, a mobile terminal (eg, a smartphone, a PAD, or a wearable device, etc.) can establish a binding relationship with the PC terminal through a two-dimensional code displayed on (eg, a television, a desktop computer), and the binding can be performed. The relationship is stored in the mobile terminal, and may also be uploaded to the server to return information to the PC terminal based on the binding relationship, wherein the information is obtained from the server based on the local URL address carried in the two-dimensional code, and the two-dimensional code is obtained. It is generated by an interconnected application running on a TV (for example, an application of WeChat Connected TV); and a thumbnail of a tutorial for guiding a user to scan a page may be included in a display area corresponding to the two-dimensional code. To improve the user experience.
例如:响应于对手机中购物类应用程序输入的触控指令,进入二维码识别页面,扫描电视上的二维码识别得到在电视上登录购物类应用程序的第一用户帐号和机型号,并建立第一用户帐号、机型号和在手机上登录购物类应用程序的第二用户帐号之间的绑定关系,进而可以使手机上传该绑定关系至云服务器,以供手机向云服务器发送请求时,基于该绑定关系反馈与第二用户帐号匹配的网络内容。For example, in response to a touch command input to a shopping application in a mobile phone, entering a two-dimensional code recognition page, and scanning a two-dimensional code on the television to obtain a first user account and a model of the shopping application on the television. And establishing a binding relationship between the first user account, the model of the machine, and the second user account of the shopping application on the mobile phone, thereby enabling the mobile phone to upload the binding relationship to the cloud server for the mobile phone to the cloud When the server sends the request, the network content matching the second user account is fed back based on the binding relationship.
如图14a所示为本实施例中手机基于电视上显示的二维码绑定电视的示意图。在电视上显示的用户界面700a中包括二维码,该二维码中携带有电视标识(如电视型号、主板参数或虚拟帐号等唯一标识)和用于从服务器请求网络数据的URL地址,手机通过扫面页面识别URL地址后切换到新创建的页面100b,在页面100b上加载前述网络数 据和用于显示网络数据的页面元素(如:控件或推荐位),其中,页面元素中包括绑定控件110b,该绑定控件110b基于用户输入的指令而与电视标识建立绑定关系;为了符合用户习惯,可以将绑定控件110b配置在主页下端,以使其显示位置可以落入用户大拇指的操作范围;在页面100b上还可以显示用于用户浏览与电视服务商相关联的简介信息(如服务商名称、经营范围、客服电话等),为融合内容。As shown in FIG. 14a, a schematic diagram of a mobile phone based on a two-dimensional code displayed on a television is shown in FIG. 14a. The user interface 700a displayed on the television includes a two-dimensional code carrying a television identifier (such as a TV model, a motherboard parameter, or a unique identifier such as a virtual account number) and a URL address for requesting network data from the server, the mobile phone Switching to the newly created page 100b by identifying the URL address through the scan page, loading the aforementioned network data and page elements (such as controls or recommendation bits) for displaying the network data on the page 100b, wherein the page element includes the binding The control 110b, the binding control 110b establishes a binding relationship with the TV identifier based on the instruction input by the user; in order to conform to the user's habit, the binding control 110b may be configured at the lower end of the homepage so that the display position can fall into the thumb of the user. The operating range; on the page 100b, the user can also browse the profile information (such as the service provider name, business scope, customer service phone, etc.) associated with the TV service provider for the fusion content.
响应于对绑定控件110b输入的指令,从页面100b切换到登录页面200b,如图14b所示,在登录页面200b中显示用于登录虚拟账号的登录控件210b,基于用户对登录控件210b的输入而从登录页面200b切换到与电视服务商相关联的主页(如:公众号)。In response to the instruction input to the binding control 110b, switching from the page 100b to the login page 200b, as shown in FIG. 14b, the login control 210b for logging in the virtual account is displayed in the login page 200b, based on the user's input to the login control 210b. Switching from the login page 200b to the home page associated with the television service provider (eg, public number).
在一些实施例中,在绑定控件110b上可以显示用于指示其互联功能的第一推荐内容,该推荐内容如:“绑定设备”或“互联终端”;在登录控件210b上可以显示用于指示其登录功能的第二推荐内容,第二推荐内容如:“进入公众号”或“登录服务商帐号”;绑定控件110基于用户输入的指令而将第一推荐内容切换为第二推荐内容,也可以将页面100b配置为登录页面200b,在页面100b中呈双行显示绑定控件110b和登录控件210b,为融合内容,其中,手机中显示屏的长度方向即为页面的列向,宽度方向即为页面的行向。In some embodiments, a first recommended content for indicating its interconnection function may be displayed on the binding control 110b, such as: "Binding device" or "interconnect terminal"; displayable on the login control 210b For the second recommended content indicating the login function, the second recommended content is: "Entering the public number" or "Login service provider account"; the binding control 110 switches the first recommended content to the second recommendation based on the instruction input by the user. For example, the page 100b may be configured as a login page 200b, and the binding control 110b and the login control 210b may be displayed in a double row in the page 100b, where the length direction of the display screen in the mobile phone is the column direction of the page. The width direction is the direction of the page.
如图14c所示为本实施例中的主页GUI。主页300b基于用户对登录控件210b输入的指令而显示,用于用户查看与服务商相关联的推送内容,主页300b包括非优选推荐区和优选推荐区320b,非优选推荐区包括附加推荐区310b和分级推荐区330b,其中,附加推荐区310可以包括用于退出登录页面200b的退回接口和/或用于指示与主页内容相关联的主题名称,主题名称如:“微电视”、“游戏外设-手机”或“商品详情”等,优选推荐区320b用于向用户推送与服务商相关联或虚拟商品相关联的热点内容。The home page GUI in this embodiment is shown in FIG. 14c. The home page 300b is displayed based on an instruction input by the user to the login control 210b for the user to view the push content associated with the service provider, the home page 300b includes a non-preferred recommendation area and a preferred recommendation area 320b, and the non-preferred recommended area includes an additional recommended area 310b and The rating recommendation area 330b, wherein the additional recommendation area 310 may include a fallback interface for exiting the login page 200b and/or for indicating a topic name associated with the homepage content, such as: "micro TV", "game peripherals - Mobile phone" or "product details", etc., preferably the recommendation area 320b is used to push hot content associated with the service provider or virtual item to the user.
在分级推荐区330b中显示有多个一级分类栏,一级分类栏基于用户输入的指令而在主页300b上显示二级分类栏,或者切换至用于用户浏览与在一级分类栏上显示的推荐内容相关联的分页,在该分页上加载向服务器请求得到的分页内容,其中,二级分类栏包括用于表征虚拟商品类型的分类信息,该分类信息如:“聚好看”、“聚享购”、“聚好学”、“聚好玩”或“电视商城”等。A plurality of first-level classification columns are displayed in the rating recommendation area 330b, and the first-level classification column displays a secondary classification column on the homepage 300b based on an instruction input by the user, or switches to display for user browsing and display on the primary classification column. a page associated with the recommended content, on which the paged content requested by the server is loaded, wherein the secondary category column includes classification information for characterizing the virtual item type, such as: “Gathering Good Look”, “Gathering Enjoy shopping, "get together", "get fun" or "television mall".
如图14d所示为本实施例中用户点击“电视商城”二级分类栏后显示的分页400b。分页400b包括在附加推荐区、优选推荐区和分级推荐区,各个推荐区的显示位置可以参考图330b,此处不再赘述。As shown in FIG. 14d, the page 400b displayed after the user clicks on the secondary category bar of the "TV Mall" in this embodiment is shown in FIG. 14d. The page 400b is included in the additional recommended area, the preferred recommended area, and the hierarchical recommended area. The display position of each recommended area can be referred to FIG. 330b, and details are not described herein again.
为了便于用户搜索虚拟商品信息,针对分页400b中推荐区,附加推荐区包括用于用户输入搜索词的搜索接口,响应于搜索接口中的输入而在优选推荐区中显示与搜索词相匹配的商品内容,并且分级推荐栏包括用于用户查看与导航分页相关联的一级分类栏和用于指示与个性化虚拟仓库相关联的一级推荐栏,在一级推荐栏中可以分别显示“分类”和“购物车”,其中,在导航分页中可以包括多个商品分类栏,基于用户选择的商品分类栏,在其右侧分区中显示用于用户查看与商品分类栏相匹配的商品内容。In order to facilitate the user to search for the virtual item information, for the recommendation area in the page 400b, the additional recommendation area includes a search interface for the user to input the search term, and the item matching the search term is displayed in the preferred recommendation area in response to the input in the search interface. The content, and the rating recommendation column includes a first-level classification column for the user to view the navigation page and a first-level recommendation column for indicating the personalized virtual warehouse, and the "category" can be displayed separately in the first-level recommendation column. And a "shopping cart", wherein a plurality of merchandise classification columns may be included in the navigation pagination, and based on the merchandise classification column selected by the user, the merchandise content for the user to match the merchandise classification column is displayed in the right partition.
如图14e所示为本实施例的商品详情页500b。基于用户选择的商品内容从分页400b切换到商品详情页500b,在商品详情页500b中仅包括优选推荐区和附加推荐区520,优选推荐区包括用于指示虚拟商品适配电视机型的机型标识510b,机型标识510b如:EC500或/和K7100),附加推荐区520b包括呈单行分布的多个选项栏,如:从右到左依次分布“立即购买”选项栏、“加入购物车”选项栏、“购物车”选项栏和“首页”选项栏;基于用户对“加入购物车”选项栏输入的第一指令而将商品内容添加到个性化虚拟仓库中;响应于对“购物车”选项栏输入的第二指令,调取用于用户查看个性化虚拟仓库中记录的商品内容;响应于对“首页”选项栏输入的第三指令,从商品详情页500b切换到主页300b。A merchandise detail page 500b of the present embodiment is shown in Fig. 14e. The product content selected by the user is switched from the page 400b to the item detail page 500b, and only the preferred recommended area and the additional recommended area 520 are included in the item details page 500b, and the preferred recommended area includes a model for indicating the virtual item adapted to the TV type. The identifier 510b, the model identifier 510b is: EC500 or / and K7100), and the additional recommendation area 520b includes a plurality of option columns distributed in a single row, such as: "shopping immediately" option bar, "joining the shopping cart" from right to left. Option bar, "shopping cart" option bar, and "home" option bar; adding product content to the personalized virtual repository based on the first instruction entered by the user in the "Add to Cart" option bar; in response to the "shopping cart" The second instruction entered in the option bar retrieves the merchandise content for the user to view the recorded in the personalized virtual repository; in response to the third instruction entered in the "Home" option bar, switches from the merchandise details page 500b to the home page 300b.
基于对在附加推荐区520b中用于提供用户购买虚拟商品的功能接口(如:“立即购买”选项栏),判断机型标识510b与被配置的机型号是否匹配,根据匹配结果为用户提供不同的推荐策略,适应于与虚拟商品相对应的外设设备适配大量电视机型时机型号较多而不便于用户浏览,从而导致用户误购买外设设备需要退货的情形,可以提高用户体验,在本实施例中,被配置的机型号为预置在电视中且用于标识电视环境,以供电视传输至与其绑定的移动终端。Based on the function interface for providing the user to purchase the virtual goods in the additional recommendation area 520b (for example, the "immediate purchase" option field), it is determined whether the model identification 510b matches the configured model, and the user is provided according to the matching result. Different recommendation strategies are suitable for the peripheral devices corresponding to the virtual goods to adapt to a large number of TV-type time models, which are not convenient for the user to browse, thereby causing the user to mistakenly purchase the peripheral devices and need to return the goods, which can improve the user experience. In this embodiment, the configured model is preset in the television and used to identify the television environment for transmission to the mobile terminal to which it is bound.
当机型标识510b中不存在与被配置的机型号的目标标识时,在商品详情页500b上层显示用于用户浏览与机型不适配的提示信息530b,至少部分提示信息530b为用于指示匹配结果的第一信息,如图14f所示为以弹窗形式显示的提示信息530b,其中,第一信息如:“您的机型不支持”或“机型与商品不匹配”等;当机型标识510b中目标标识与被配置的机型号匹配相同时,显示用于用户浏览与虚拟商品相关联订单信息的订单分页600b,如图14g。When the target identifier of the configured model is not present in the model identifier 510b, the prompt information 530b for the user browsing and the model is not displayed is displayed on the merchandise details page 500b, and at least part of the prompt information 530b is used for The first information indicating the matching result, as shown in FIG. 14f, is the prompt information 530b displayed in the form of a pop-up window, wherein the first information is, for example, "your model does not support" or "model does not match the product"; When the target identification in the model identification 510b matches the configured model number, the order page 600b for the user to browse the order information associated with the virtual item is displayed, as shown in FIG. 14g.
在一些实施例中,以消息提示框形式呈现的提示信息530b可以包括被配置的机型号用于指示机型号不适配的警示图标和/或用于用户浏览与用于提供用户购买虚拟商品的功能接口相关联的第二信息,如:“电视机型号MU5600不支持该游戏设备,请谨慎 购买”;也可以包括用于用户确认购买虚拟商品的第一图形接口和/或用于用户停止购买虚拟商品的第二图形接口;基于用户对第一图形接口输入的指令而显示订单分页600b,响应于对第二图形接口的输入而隐退提示信息530b,并且在提示信息530b隐退后显示商品详情页500b或者返回分页400b;在第一图形接口上可以显示用于指示确认购买虚拟商品的第三信息,在第二图形接口上可以显示用于指示隐退提示信息的第四信息,第三信息如:“继续购买”或“确认购买”,第四信息如:“取消”或“返回详情页”。In some embodiments, the prompt information 530b presented in the form of a message balloon may include a configured model for indicating that the model is not adapted to the alert icon and/or for user browsing and for providing user purchase virtual The second information associated with the functional interface of the product, such as: "TV model MU5600 does not support the gaming device, please purchase with caution"; may also include a first graphical interface for the user to confirm the purchase of the virtual goods and / or for The user stops buying the second graphical interface of the virtual item; displaying the order page 600b based on the user inputting the instruction to the first graphic interface, retiring the prompt information 530b in response to the input to the second graphic interface, and retiring at the prompt information 530b The product details page 500b is displayed or returned to the page 400b; the third information for instructing to confirm the purchase of the virtual item may be displayed on the first graphic interface, and the fourth information indicating the retiring prompt information may be displayed on the second graphic interface. The third information is: "continue to buy" or "confirm purchase", the fourth information such as: "cancel" or "return to the details page".
在订单分页600b中可以显示与虚拟商品和用户相关联的订单信息610b和用于为用户提供向服务器上传订单信息的订单接口620b;订单信息610b包括商品信息和用户信息,其中,商品信息如:支付费用、商品属性、商品名称等,用户信息如:用户姓名、联系电话、收件地址等;基于在订单接口620b的显示位置上的输入操作,在订单分页600b的至少部分区域上层显示支付分页。The order information 610b associated with the virtual goods and the user and the order interface 620b for providing the user with the upload of the order information to the server may be displayed in the order page 600b; the order information 610b includes the item information and the user information, wherein the item information is as follows: Payment fee, product attribute, product name, etc., user information such as: user name, contact number, recipient address, etc.; based on the input operation at the display position of the order interface 620b, the payment page is displayed on at least part of the area of the order page 600b .
如图14h所示为本实施例的支付弹窗630b。为了融合显示内容,在订单分页600中部区域的上层显示支付弹窗630b,中部区域为订单接口620b所占行和用户信息所占行之间的区域;支付弹窗630b包括用于用户浏览与订单信息相关联的信息和图形接口631b;与订单信息相关联的信息可以包括至少包括商品价格,还可以包括商品名称和/或与提供虚拟商品的服务商相关联的商家信息,在图形接口631b上显示用于用户浏览其支付功能的提示信息,如:“确认支付”;基于对图形接口631b输入的指令而调用第三方平台(如:微信平台)提供的支付接口,以图形界面形式提供用户完成支付虚拟货币的后续操作,此处不再赘述。The payout window 630b of the present embodiment is shown in Fig. 14h. In order to fuse the display content, a payment popup 630b is displayed on the upper layer of the middle area of the order page 600, the middle area is the area between the line occupied by the order interface 620b and the line occupied by the user information; the payment popup 630b includes for user browsing and order Information associated with the information and graphical interface 631b; the information associated with the order information may include at least the item price, and may also include the item name and/or merchant information associated with the service provider providing the virtual item, on the graphical interface 631b Displaying prompt information for the user to browse its payment function, such as: “confirm payment”; calling a payment interface provided by a third-party platform (eg, WeChat platform) based on the instruction input to the graphic interface 631b, providing the user with a graphical interface Subsequent operations for paying virtual currency are not described here.
在一些实施例中,响应于对订单接口620b输入的指令,从订单分页600b切换到支付分页700b,或者,识别在分页400a上的二维码,从扫码页面切换到支付分页700b;在支付分页700b中显示的订单接口710b,在订单接口710上显示的提示信息为“立即支付”,如图15所示。In some embodiments, in response to an instruction entered on the order interface 620b, switching from the order page 600b to the payment page 700b, or identifying the two-dimensional code on the page 400a, switching from the scan code page to the payment page 700b; The order interface 710b displayed in the page 700b, the prompt information displayed on the order interface 710 is "pay now", as shown in FIG.
当在订单接口710b的显示区域输入操作时,在支付分页700b上显示弹窗和虚拟键盘,弹窗包括输入框和用于指示向第三方支付平台转账的支付接口,即第三方支付接口,响应于在虚拟键盘中输入的连续操作,在输入框中显示与转账金额相关联的支付价格,并且第三方支付接口从灰色状态切换到非灰色状态,如:在虚拟键盘上输入第一次操作时,从用于指示不可对第三方接口输入的灰色转换为蓝色。When an operation is input in the display area of the order interface 710b, a pop-up window and a virtual keyboard are displayed on the payment page 700b, the pop-up window including an input box and a payment interface for indicating a transfer to a third-party payment platform, ie, a third-party payment interface, in response For the continuous operation entered in the virtual keyboard, the payment price associated with the transfer amount is displayed in the input box, and the third-party payment interface is switched from the gray state to the non-gray state, for example, when the first operation is entered on the virtual keyboard. , from gray to indicate that the input to the third-party interface is not possible.
如图16所示为本实施例中以分页800b形式显示的提示信息。分页800b基于用户在商品详情页500b中的输入而链接,可以包括用于用户浏览手机与电视未绑定信息的 状态栏810b。As shown in FIG. 16, the prompt information displayed in the form of a page 800b in the present embodiment is shown. The page 800b is linked based on the user's input in the item details page 500b, and may include a status bar 810b for the user to browse the phone and television unbound information.
在状态栏810b中包括用于用户查看绑定手册的功能接口,以“如何绑定电视?”该功能接口上显示的提示信息;用于指示从网络中接收的商品属性信息与被配置的本地设备信息不适配的提示信息,该提示信息如“游戏设备仅支持特定的电视机型号”;和/或,用于引导用户行为的提示信息,该提示信息如:“请确定你的电视机型号”和“请先绑定电视”。In the status bar 810b, a function interface for the user to view the binding manual is included, "How to bind the TV?" prompt information displayed on the function interface; for indicating the commodity attribute information received from the network and the configured local Prompt information that the device information is not adapted, such as "the game device only supports a specific TV model"; and/or prompt information for guiding user behavior, such as: "Please determine your TV Machine model" and "Please bind TV first".
分页800b还可以包括与用于用户确认购买商品的功能接口820b、用于提供调出二维码扫描器的功能接口830b、用于指示退出分页800b的功能接口840b,功能接口820b、830b、840b呈三行分布,且依次以“继续购买”、“扫一扫绑定电视”和“取消”示出。The page 800b may also include a function interface 820b for the user to confirm the purchase of the product, a function interface 830b for providing the callout QR code scanner, a function interface 840b for indicating the exit of the page 800b, the function interface 820b, 830b, 840b It is distributed in three rows, and is sequentially shown as "continue to buy", "sweep bundled TV" and "cancel".
如图17a所示为本实施例的商品详情页900b。商品详情页900b还可以包括功能区域b和虚拟商品信息;功能区域910b作为用户浏览手机所绑定的电视机型的网页元素,可以为用户提供切换电视机型的功能接口,应用程序检测对该功能接口的输入而切换在功能区域910b中显示的当前机型号,当前机型号以MU8600示出,在功能接口中可以显示用于指示其切换机型号功能的信息,该信息以“更换机型”示出;功能区域910b还可以包括与当前机型号相关联的内容,如“您绑定的机型为”;在位于功能区域910b下部的内容推荐区920b中,显示与当前机型号适配的推荐内容;A product details page 900b of the present embodiment is shown in Fig. 17a. The product detail page 900b may further include a function area b and virtual item information; the function area 910b serves as a television type webpage element bound by the user to the mobile phone, and may provide a function interface for switching the television type to the user, and the application detects the The current model number displayed in the function area 910b is switched by the input of the function interface. The current model number is shown by MU8600, and information indicating the function of the switcher model can be displayed in the function interface, and the information is replaced by The model area 910b may also include content associated with the current model, such as "the model you are binding to"; in the content recommendation area 920b located in the lower portion of the function area 910b, the display and the current machine Recommended content for model adaptation;
如图17b所示为本实施例的机型号分页930b。相应于输入功能接口的点击事件,从商品详情页900b切换到机型号分页930b,机型号分页930b包括多个与手机适配的电视机型号,其中,在当前机型号931b上默认显示用于指示已建立绑定关系的标记信息,该标记信息如“√”;基于用户选择的目标机型号932b,可以将标记信息切换到目标机型号932b对应的行位置;还可以包括用于指示退出机型号分页930b的退出接口,响应于对退出接口输入的点击指令而返回商品详情页900b。The machine model page 930b of the present embodiment is shown in Fig. 17b. Corresponding to the click event of the input function interface, switching from the product details page 900b to the model number page 930b, the machine model page 930b includes a plurality of TV models adapted to the mobile phone, wherein the default model on the current model 931b Marking information indicating that a binding relationship has been established, such as "√"; based on the target model 932b selected by the user, the marking information may be switched to a row position corresponding to the target model 932b; The exit interface for indicating the exit machine model page 930b returns to the product details page 900b in response to a click command input to the exit interface.
当目标机型号932b处于被选中状态时,在商品详情页900b中将当前机型号931b替换为目标机型号932b,并且在内容推荐区920b中显示与目标机型号932b相关联的商品内容,该商品内容包括用于指示与本地被配置的机型号相匹配的第一内容和从内容管理系统中请求得到的第二内容,其中,第一内容如“K680支持以下游戏外设(共X件)”,能够排除其他机型号对应商品内容的显示干扰,直接显示用户所选择的机型号相对应的商品内容,为提高用户体验。When the target model 932b is in the selected state, the current model 931b is replaced with the target model 932b in the item details page 900b, and the item associated with the target model 932b is displayed in the content recommendation area 920b. Content, the product content includes a first content for indicating matching with a locally configured machine model and a second content requested from the content management system, wherein the first content such as "K680 supports the following game peripherals ( A total of X pieces) can exclude the display interference of the product content corresponding to other machine models, and directly display the product content corresponding to the model selected by the user, in order to improve the user experience.
在一些实施例中,电视还可以包括应用商店类应用程序,用于管理从应用管理系统 中接收的与应用安装包相关联的推荐内容,其中,应用安装包为一种由电视厂商或第三方服务商提供的免费类虚拟商品,也就是用户不需要为其支付虚拟货币即可在电视上使用的虚拟商品;推荐内容基于用户触发应用商店类应用程序中的预设事件,电视通过其接入网络(如:局域网或万维网)访问应用管理系统,并且应用管理系统反馈给电视得到;在推荐内容中可以包括与应用安装包相关联的概述信息,例如应用安装包的包名、包流量值和/或为用户提供应用安装包的服务商信息等;电视可以自动触发从应用管理系统中接收的应用安装包,进而自动安装该应用程序(为了便于描述,以下将该自动下载并安装的过程称为静默安装),在静默安装模式下,由于用户不需要手动安装,对安装过程无感知,从而提高用户体验。In some embodiments, the television may further include an application store type application for managing recommended content associated with the application installation package received from the application management system, wherein the application installation package is a television manufacturer or a third party. The free virtual goods provided by the service provider, that is, the virtual goods that the user does not need to pay for the virtual currency for the virtual goods; the recommended content is based on the user triggering a preset event in the application store application, through which the television accesses The network (such as LAN or World Wide Web) accesses the application management system, and the application management system feeds back to the TV; the recommended content may include overview information associated with the application installation package, such as the package name of the application installation package, the package flow value, and / or provide the user with the service provider information of the application installation package; the TV can automatically trigger the application installation package received from the application management system, and then automatically install the application (for convenience of description, the following process of automatically downloading and installing is called For silent installation), in silent installation mode, because the user does not need to manually install , No perception of the installation process, thus improving the user experience.
如图18a所示为本实施例的应用商店类应用程序的用户图形界面。用户图形界面800a包括行向推荐栏810a和列向推荐栏820a,以及位于行向推荐栏810a下列和列向推荐栏右列之间的内容显示区;列向推荐栏820a可以包括应用商店类应用程序,以“应用”示出;检测焦点在列向推荐栏820a中的移动位置,当焦点移动至应用商店类应用程序时,在行向推荐栏810a中显示与其对应的分类选项栏,如:“精选”选项栏、“影音”选项栏、“音乐选项栏”、“漫画”选项栏、“K歌”选项栏、“榜单”选项栏等,并且在内容显示区中显示向应用管理系统请求得到的应用安装包信息,该应用安装包信息如:用于用户浏览应用安装包所属分类的缩略图、与所属分类相对应的文本信息和/或个性化文本信息,个性化文本信息如“扫除节后疲劳”或“召唤能量励志启航”,还可以包括与第三方服务商相关联的文本信息(例如:彩虹音乐、百灵K歌)和/或应用图标,在内容显示区中以缩略图作为推荐位显示前述应用安装信息。A user graphical interface of the application store application of the present embodiment is shown in FIG. 18a. The user graphical interface 800a includes a row-to-recommendation column 810a and a column-to-recommendation column 820a, and a content display area located between the row-to-recommendation column 810a and the column to the right column of the recommendation bar; the column-to-recommended column 820a may include an app store-like application. The program, shown as "application"; detects the moving position of the focus in the column to the recommendation column 820a, and when the focus moves to the application store application, displays the classification option bar corresponding thereto in the row to the recommendation column 810a, such as: "Featured" option bar, "Audio" option bar, "Music options bar", "Comic" option bar, "K song" option bar, "Tops" option bar, etc., and display to the application management in the content display area The application installation package information requested by the system, such as: a thumbnail for the user to browse the classification of the application installation package, text information corresponding to the category, and/or personalized text information, and personalized text information such as “Sweeping after the holiday” or “Summoning energy inspirational sailing” may also include textual information associated with third-party service providers (eg Rainbow Music, Braun K song) / Or application icon in the content display area as a thumbnail to display the recommended position preceding the application installation information.
在内容显示区中包括优先推荐区830a和在优先推荐区830a之外的附加推荐区,在附加推荐区中可以包括用于用户浏览与第三方服务商相关联应用安装包信息的第一推荐位840a和用于用户查看与已安装的应用安装包相关联的第二推荐位。A priority recommendation area 830a and an additional recommendation area outside the priority recommendation area 830a are included in the content display area, and the first recommended position for the user to browse the application installation package information associated with the third party service provider may be included in the additional recommendation area. 840a and a second recommendation bit for the user to view the installed application installation package.
如图18b所示为本实施例中焦点定位在第一推荐位840a上的用户图形界面800a。基于用户在用户图形界面800a中的输入而移动焦点,当焦点定位在第一推荐位840a时,响应于用户对其输入的点击指令(如:OK键或与内容匹配的语音)而触发预设事件,该预设事件为匹配从应用管理系统中请求的网络内容和在应用商店类应用程序中配置的预设值,其中,网络内容可以为应用安装包的大小,例如包流量值,当该包流量值大于或等于预设值时,在第一推荐位840a上层显示提示信息。As shown in Fig. 18b, the user graphical interface 800a whose focus is positioned on the first recommended position 840a is the present embodiment. The focus is moved based on the user's input in the user graphical interface 800a, and when the focus is positioned at the first recommendation bit 840a, the preset is triggered in response to a click command (eg, an OK key or a voice matching the content) that the user inputs thereto. An event that matches a network content requested from an application management system and a preset value configured in an application store application, wherein the network content may be a size of an application installation package, such as a packet flow value, when When the packet flow value is greater than or equal to the preset value, the prompt information is displayed on the upper layer of the first recommendation bit 840a.
提示信息可包括与应用安装包大小相关联的信息。所述与应用安装包大小相关联的 信息可进一步包括包流量值、包名、各图像的色彩位数,不同显示设备分辨率下的图像资源大小等。该关联信息以第一图形化元素1841a在所述用户界面上呈现,例如该关联信息在第一推荐位840a的上层呈现为“要查看的内容具有120MB”。提示信息还可以包括与服务商相关联的文本信息和功能接口。其中,文本信息如:“要查看的内容由XX服务商提供”。功能接口可以是图形接口或者程序接口。图形接口可以以按钮的形式呈现,其包括显示用于为用户提供确认进入静默安装功能的第一接口和用于为用户提供隐藏提示信息功能的第二接口,第一接口可显示成“快速进入”的按钮(即第二图形化元素1842a)且第二接口可显示成“我再想想”的按钮(即第三图形化元素1843a),如此可以在静默安装之前为用户提供不同选择,适用于电视配置较低且应用安装包的包流量值较大时,静默安装时间长而导致用户认为电视死机的情形,从而提高用户体验。The prompt information may include information associated with the size of the application installation package. The information associated with the size of the application installation package may further include a packet flow value, a package name, a number of color bits of each image, an image resource size at a different display device resolution, and the like. The association information is presented on the user interface with the first graphical element 1841a, for example, the associated information is presented on the upper layer of the first recommendation bit 840a as "the content to be viewed has 120MB." The prompt information may also include textual information and functional interfaces associated with the service provider. Among them, the text information is as follows: "The content to be viewed is provided by the XX service provider." The functional interface can be a graphical interface or a program interface. The graphical interface may be presented in the form of a button comprising a first interface for providing a confirmation for the user to enter the silent installation function and a second interface for providing the user with a hidden prompt information function, the first interface being displayable as "quick access" The button (ie, the second graphical element 1842a) and the second interface can be displayed as a "I think again" button (ie, the third graphical element 1843a), so that the user can be provided with different choices before silent installation, applicable When the TV configuration is low and the packet traffic value of the application installation package is large, the silent installation time is long and the user thinks that the TV is dead, thereby improving the user experience.
基于用户选择提示信息的输入,将焦点定位在功能接口上;当焦点定位在第二接口时,响应于第二接口调用的点击事件而将提示信息隐藏,且在第一推荐位840a上显示从应用管理系统中得到的网络内容。The focus is positioned on the function interface based on the input of the user selection prompt information; when the focus is located on the second interface, the prompt information is hidden in response to the click event invoked by the second interface, and the display is displayed on the first recommendation bit 840a. The web content obtained in the application management system.
如图18c所示为本实施例的对第一接口输入指令后显示的过渡GUI。响应于对第二图形化元素即第一接口的选择,更新用户图形界面800a为过渡界面850a。过渡界面850a基于用对第一接口输入的指令而触发点击事件,响应于该点击事件将在第一推荐位840a上层覆盖的提示信息隐藏且在用户图形界面800a上层覆盖;在过滤界面中显示用于指示应用安装包静默安装进度的进度条和用于用户浏览推荐内容的多个缩略图,该缩略图可以基于用户输入的选择指令而左右切换;还可以包括在缩略图和进度条之间配置提示个性化信息,该个性化信息如“数据加载中请耐心等待....”或者“稍等片刻,精彩内容马上呈现....”,为提高用户体验;当应用安装包静默安装结束时,自动启动应用程序并进入应用详情GUI,为自动引流第三方内容。As shown in FIG. 18c, the transition GUI displayed after inputting an instruction to the first interface is the embodiment. In response to selection of the second graphical element, the first interface, the updated user graphical interface 800a is the transition interface 850a. The transition interface 850a triggers a click event based on an instruction input to the first interface. In response to the click event, the prompt information overlaid on the first recommended bit 840a is hidden and overlaid on the user graphical interface 800a; the display is displayed in the filtering interface. a progress bar indicating the silent installation progress of the application installation package and a plurality of thumbnails for the user to browse the recommended content, the thumbnail may be switched left and right based on a selection instruction input by the user; and may further include configuring between the thumbnail and the progress bar Prompt for personalized information, such as "Please wait patiently during data loading..." or "Slightly wait for a moment, the wonderful content is presented immediately....", to improve the user experience; when the application installation package silent installation ends When the application is launched automatically and the application details GUI is entered, the third-party content is automatically drained.
如图19所述为本实施例的应用详情GUI。应用详情界面900a包括与“K歌”选项栏相关联的应用内容,用于用户浏览与第三方应用相关联服务;应用内容可以包括与应用安装包相对应的主题名称、功能接口以及用于简介应用安装包服务的描述信息,该描述信息可以介于主题名称所在行与功能接口所在行之间,可以包括:应用来源渠道、使用环境、适用用户群体等信息;功能接口可以包括用于为用户提供选择/查看曲面功能的第一接口、用于用户浏览其他用户所上传评述信息功能的第二接口、用于用户参与第三方服务商所提供奖励服务相关联的第三接口,第一接口、第二接口和第三接口依次以“可选曲目”、“查看浏览”和“参与活动”按钮形式示出。The application details GUI of this embodiment is as shown in FIG. The application details interface 900a includes application content associated with the "K song" option bar for the user to browse services associated with the third party application; the application content may include a topic name, a function interface, and an introduction corresponding to the application installation package The description information of the application installation package service may be between the line where the topic name is located and the line where the function interface is located, and may include: an application source channel, a usage environment, an applicable user group, and the like; the function interface may be included for the user. Providing a first interface for selecting/viewing the surface function, a second interface for the user to browse the function of reviewing information uploaded by other users, a third interface for the user to participate in the reward service provided by the third party service provider, the first interface, The second interface and the third interface are sequentially shown in the form of "optional tracks", "view browsing", and "participating in activities" buttons.
在一些实施例中,响应于对第一推荐位840a输入的指令而在用户图形界面800a上层覆盖显示用于用户浏览提示信息的另一个用户图形界面850a,如图20a,所示在用户图形界面850a中开可以显示应用安装包的包流量值,如“要查看的内容由xxx(120M)提供”;用于为用户提供确认进入静默安装功能的第一接口以“静默安装”示出,用于用户直观浏览第一接口所对应功能的信息,提高用户体验;为了融合显示,可以设置用户图形界面850a的透明度(如:90%)高于用户图形界面800a的透明度(如:10%),并且用户图形界面800a的渲染色突出于用户图形界面850a的渲染色,如用户图形界面800a的渲染色为浅灰色(RGB值为193、193、193)且用户图形界面850a的渲染色为白色(RGB值为255、255、255),以使用户在浏览到用户图形界面800a上内容的同时,也可以聚焦在用户图形界面850a上显示提示信息。In some embodiments, another user graphical interface 850a for user browsing prompt information is displayed over the user graphical interface 800a in response to an instruction entered for the first recommended bit 840a, as shown in Figure 20a, at the user graphical interface. 850a can display the packet traffic value of the application installation package, such as "The content to be viewed is provided by xxx (120M)"; the first interface for providing confirmation to the user to enter the silent installation function is shown as "silent installation", The user intuitively browses the information corresponding to the function of the first interface to improve the user experience; for the fusion display, the transparency of the user graphical interface 850a (eg, 90%) may be higher than the transparency of the user graphical interface 800a (eg, 10%). And the rendered color of the user graphical interface 800a protrudes from the rendered color of the user graphical interface 850a, such as the rendered color of the user graphical interface 800a is light gray (RGB values are 193, 193, 193) and the rendered color of the user graphical interface 850a is white ( The RGB values are 255, 255, 255), so that the user can focus on the user graphical interface 850a while displaying the prompt while browsing the content on the user graphical interface 800a. Information.
其中,在用户图形界面850a中,焦点默认位置在第一接口上,第一接口从默认状状态切换到被选中状态,并且焦点未定位用于为用户提供隐藏提示信息功能的第二接口时,第二接口也处于默认状态,其中,默认状态和被选中状态可以颜色、显示区域或图标等区分,如:默认状态为白色且被选中状态为深灰色。Wherein, in the user graphical interface 850a, the focus default position is on the first interface, the first interface is switched from the default state to the selected state, and the focus is not positioned to provide the user with the second interface that hides the prompt information function. The second interface is also in a default state, wherein the default state and the selected state can be distinguished by a color, a display area, or an icon, such as: the default state is white and the selected state is dark gray.
如图20b所示本实施例的另一种用户图形界面800a。响应于用户对第一推荐位840a的输入而触发单击模拟事件,响应于单击模拟事件判断应用安装包包流量值是否大于应用商店类程序中的预设值120M;当大于预设值时,在第一推荐位840b的局部区域显示提示信息,该提示信息可以仅为文本信息,而不包含功能接口;基于用户对第一推荐位840a输入的第一指令,在电视中静默安装从应用管理系统中请求下载的应用安装包;基于用于输入与第一指令不同的第二指令,从第一推荐位840a中消退提示信息,该提示信息可以从第一推荐位840a的右下角所对应的显示区域中隐藏;第一指令可以是电视中与遥控器上“OK”键对应的指令,第二指令为电视中与遥控器上“返回”键对应的指令。Another user graphical interface 800a of the present embodiment is shown in Figure 20b. In response to the user inputting the simulation event to the first recommendation bit 840a, in response to clicking the simulation event, determining whether the application installation package flow value is greater than a preset value 120M in the application store class program; when greater than the preset value Displaying prompt information in a partial area of the first recommendation bit 840b, the prompt information may be only text information, and does not include a function interface; silently installing the slave application in the television based on the first instruction input by the user to the first recommendation bit 840a An application installation package that requests downloading in the management system; based on the second instruction for inputting a different instruction from the first instruction, the prompt information is discarded from the first recommendation bit 840a, and the prompt information may be corresponding to the lower right corner of the first recommendation bit 840a. The display area is hidden; the first instruction may be an instruction in the television corresponding to the "OK" button on the remote controller, and the second instruction is an instruction in the television corresponding to the "return" key on the remote controller.
如图20c所示本实施例的另一种用户图形界面800a。在第一推荐位840a上层覆盖显示用于用户浏览与第三方服务商和应用安装包相关联的文本信息,以及与文本信息呈单行分布的第一接口,该第一接口以“静默安装”示出;响应于对“静默安装”接口输入的第一指令而向应用管理系统发送请求,下载并自动安装应用安装包;响应于对第一推荐位840a输入的第二指令,隐藏提示信息,以显示第一推荐位;第一指令可以是与语音中“进入静默安装”关键词匹配的指令,第二指令可以是与语音中“退出静默安装”关键词匹配的指令。Another user graphical interface 800a of the present embodiment is shown in Figure 20c. The upper layer of the first recommendation bit 840a displays a first interface for the user to browse the text information associated with the third party service provider and the application installation package, and the text information is distributed in a single line, the first interface is shown as "silent installation" Sending a request to the application management system in response to the first instruction input to the "silent installation" interface, downloading and automatically installing the application installation package; in response to the second instruction input to the first recommendation bit 840a, hiding the prompt information to The first recommendation bit is displayed; the first instruction may be an instruction that matches the "Enter Quiet Installation" keyword in the voice, and the second instruction may be an instruction that matches the "Exit Quiet Installation" keyword in the voice.
在一些实施例中,也可以对在第一推荐位840a或者用户图形界面800a上层显示提 示信息的时间进行配置,被配置的预设时间可以介于2-5秒,在预设时间内应用商店类程序接收到指令,即可启动静默安装,否则,提示信息自动隐藏,使第一推荐位840或者用户图形界面800a回复状态;提示内容还可以包括用于用户浏览应用安装进度的预判时间,如“该应用安装大约1分钟”,为提高用户体验。In some embodiments, the time when the prompt information is displayed on the first recommendation bit 840a or the user graphical interface 800a may also be configured, and the configured preset time may be between 2-5 seconds, and the application is applied in the preset time. When the class program receives the instruction, the silent installation can be started. Otherwise, the prompt information is automatically hidden, so that the first recommendation bit 840 or the user graphical interface 800a returns to the state; the prompt content may further include a pre-judgment time for the user to browse the installation progress of the application. For example, "The app is installed for about 1 minute" to improve the user experience.
以上所述用户从用户界面中选择电视或手机从其接入网络中接收的内容,以及基于用对选中内容的输入而识别内容信息,进而在用户界面中显示与识别结果相关联的提示信息,具体实施可以结合其他实施例的描述,此处不做赘述。但是,应该理解,本申请可以超越本申请详述的具体细节以多种方式实施。The user described above selects the content received by the television or the mobile phone from the access network from the user interface, and identifies the content information based on the input of the selected content, thereby displaying the prompt information associated with the recognition result in the user interface, The specific implementation may be combined with the description of other embodiments, and details are not described herein. It should be understood, however, that the present application may be embodied in a variety
如图21a所示,本实施例提供一种进入显示设备(如电视或手机)应用程序(如:购物类或者应用商店类应用程序)后,通过移动焦点或点击操作实现应用程序显示的方法2100的一个实例。虽然图21a-21c显示了方法2100的一般执行顺序,但方法2100可以包含更多或更少的步骤,或者其步骤的顺序可以与图24所示方法2100不同的顺序安排。方法2100是一组可由计算机系统或处理器执行的计算机执行指令,在一种计算机可读媒体上编码或储存,或具体体现为可执行该方法的专用集成电路(ASIC)或现场可编程门阵列(FPGA)中的电路。在下文中,我们将结合图1-20c所述的系统、组件、模块、数据结构、用户界面等来解释方法2100。As shown in FIG. 21a, the embodiment provides a method 2100 for implementing application display by moving a focus or clicking operation after entering a display device (such as a TV or mobile phone) application (such as a shopping or application store application). An example of this. Although FIGS. 21a-21c show a general execution sequence of method 2100, method 2100 can include more or fewer steps, or the order of its steps can be arranged in a different order than method 2100 shown in FIG. Method 2100 is a set of computer-executable instructions executable by a computer system or processor, encoded or stored on a computer-readable medium, or embodied as an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC) or field-programmable gate array that can perform the method. Circuitry in (FPGA). In the following, we will interpret method 2100 in conjunction with the systems, components, modules, data structures, user interfaces, etc., described in connection with Figures 1-20c.
图21a在概念上示出了用户在电视上选择推荐内容的某些实施例的处理2100。如图所示,处理2100首先开始于接收(在2101)用于多次触发购物类应用程序进入第一用户界面(商品详情GUI)的指令,该指令可以通过用户遥控器按钮、手势或者触摸屏幕的用户交互集合或者通过某种变型来接收。Figure 21a conceptually illustrates a process 2100 of certain embodiments in which a user selects recommended content on a television. As shown, the process 2100 begins by receiving (at 2101) an instruction for multiple triggering a shopping-like application to enter a first user interface (commodity details GUI) that can be accessed by a user's remote control button, gesture, or touch screen The set of user interactions is either received by some variant.
然后该处理确定在进入第一用户界面过程中从虚拟商品管理系统访问虚拟商品信息,并且在第一用户界面的不同分区中分别显示虚拟商品信息,其中,分区包括优先推荐区和非优先推荐区(如:附加推荐区和/或相关推荐区),检测在第一用户界面中切换焦点位置的输入,将焦点移动至目标推荐位,该目标推荐位可以在优先推荐区或非优先推荐区中,输入如电视中与左移、右移、上移或下移按键对应的指令;焦点移动至优先推荐区中的第一接口(如“立即购买”控件),用于为用户提供虚拟商品购买功能的第一接口即为目标推荐位;焦点也可从优选推荐区移动至附加推荐区中的目标推荐位,用于用户查看与第三方应用相关联内容。The process then determines to access the virtual item information from the virtual merchandise management system during the process of entering the first user interface, and to display the virtual item information in different partitions of the first user interface, wherein the partition includes the priority recommendation area and the non-priority recommendation area (eg, an additional recommendation area and/or a related recommendation area), detecting an input of switching the focus position in the first user interface, and moving the focus to the target recommendation position, the target recommendation position may be in the priority recommendation area or the non-priority recommendation area Enter an instruction corresponding to the left, right, up, or down buttons in the television; the focus moves to the first interface in the priority recommendation area (such as the "Buy Now" control) to provide the user with virtual goods purchases. The first interface of the function is the target recommendation bit; the focus can also be moved from the preferred recommendation area to the target recommendation position in the additional recommendation area for the user to view the content associated with the third party application.
然后该处理检测(在2103)在目标推荐位上的第一输入,该第一输入如电视中与OK按键对应的指令,装置响应于触发命令而识别基于接入网络接收的虚拟商品信息中 商品属性信息;根据识别结果在第一用户界面上层显示提示信息,用于用户查看与第一识别结果相关联的提示信息;在第一用户界面上层显示第二用户界面,用于用户查看与第二识别结果相关联内容。The process then detects (at 2103) a first input on the target recommendation bit, the first input, such as an instruction in the television corresponding to the OK button, the device identifying the item in the virtual item information received based on the access network in response to the trigger command Attribute information; displaying prompt information on the upper layer of the first user interface according to the recognition result, for the user to view the prompt information associated with the first recognition result; displaying the second user interface on the upper layer of the first user interface for the user to view and the second Identify the results associated with the results.
示例一Example one
参考图12a及12b所示,装置检测对显示有“立即购买”图形接口输入的触发指令,识别从虚拟商品管理系统中接收的信息类别;当信息类别为用于指示虚拟商品管理系统中商品数量小于预设阈值的第一信息类别时,在该图形接口上行与商品名称所对应位置显示第一消息提示框,且在该图形接口和附加推荐区之间显示第二消息提示框,在第一消息提示框和第二消息提示框中显示相同的提示信息,该提示信息用于用户浏览与前述第一信息类别相关联的文本信息,以及消息提示框的层级相同且均高于商品详情GUI。Referring to Figures 12a and 12b, the device detects a trigger command for displaying an "immediate purchase" graphical interface input, identifying a category of information received from the virtual merchandise management system; and when the information category is for indicating the number of items in the virtual merchandise management system When the first information category is less than the preset threshold, the first message prompt box is displayed at the corresponding position of the graphic interface and the product name, and the second message prompt box is displayed between the graphic interface and the additional recommended area. The message prompt box and the second message prompt box display the same prompt information for the user to browse the text information associated with the foregoing first information category, and the message prompt box has the same level and higher than the product detail GUI.
如图12c,第二消息提示框也可以在第一消息提示框和前述图形接口之间的区域显示,并且超过预设时间消退,预设时间可以是1秒、1.5秒,为轻量化显示;当第一信息类别用于指示虚拟商品数量为0时,提示信息为商品已下架;当第一信息类别用于指示虚拟商品数量大于0且小于预设阈值时,提示信息为商品缺货。As shown in FIG. 12c, the second message prompt box may also be displayed in an area between the first message prompt box and the foregoing graphic interface, and may be regressed beyond a preset time, and the preset time may be 1 second and 1.5 seconds, which is a lightweight display; When the first information category is used to indicate that the number of virtual goods is 0, the prompt information is that the goods have been removed; and when the first information category is used to indicate that the number of virtual goods is greater than 0 and less than a preset threshold, the prompt information is that the goods are out of stock.
如图12f,当信息类别为用于指示虚拟商品管理系统中商品数量不小于预设阈值的第三信息类别时,在商品详情GUI上层显示第二用户界面,第二用户界面用于用户选择商品属性信息中的分类属性,以生成商品订单。As shown in FIG. 12f, when the information category is a third information category for indicating that the number of items in the virtual item management system is not less than a preset threshold, the second user interface is displayed on the item detail GUI, and the second user interface is used for the user to select the item. A classification attribute in the attribute information to generate a product order.
示例二Example two
参看图18a-20c所示,装置检测在目标推荐位840a(图形接口)上的第一输入,判断应用安装包的包流量值与预设阈值之间的大小关系,包流量值可以是启动应用主页800a(第一用户界面)过程中访问应用管理系统得到;当包流量值小于预设阈值时,电视根据目标推荐位840a对应的URL地址访问应用管理系统,并接收其反馈的应用安装包,进而静默安装应用安装包;在静默安装结束时,隐藏第一用户界面和用于用户浏览静默安装进度的第二用户界面后,显示用于用户查看与所安装应用相关联应用信息的第三用户界面。Referring to FIGS. 18a-20c, the device detects a first input on the target recommendation bit 840a (graphical interface), determines a size relationship between a packet flow value of the application installation package and a preset threshold, and the packet flow value may be a startup application. The homepage 800a (first user interface) accesses the application management system; when the packet traffic value is less than the preset threshold, the television accesses the application management system according to the URL address corresponding to the target recommendation bit 840a, and receives the feedback application installation package, And then silently installing the application installation package; at the end of the silent installation, after hiding the first user interface and the second user interface for the user to browse the silent installation progress, displaying the third user for the user to view the application information associated with the installed application interface.
当包流量值大于或等于预设阈值时,在应用主页800a上层覆盖商品属性GUI 850a,包括包流量值和用于提供静默安装应用安装包功能的接口,该接口以“静默安装”示出;响应于对该接口输入与第一输入相同的指令,静默安装应用安装包。When the packet flow value is greater than or equal to the preset threshold, the product homepage GUI 850a is overlaid on the application home page 800a, including the packet flow value and an interface for providing a function of silently installing the application installation package, the interface being shown as "silent installation"; The application installation package is silently installed in response to inputting the same instruction to the interface as the first input.
在一些实施例中,也可以在目标推荐位840a上显示消息提示框,该消息提示框包 流量值和与第三方服务商相关联的内容,装置在预设时间内未检测到对消息提示框的输入,则隐藏该消息提示框,该预设时间可以介于3-6秒。In some embodiments, a message prompt box may also be displayed on the target recommendation bit 840a, the message prompting the box packet flow value and the content associated with the third party service provider, and the device does not detect the message prompt box within the preset time. The input is hidden from the message prompt box, and the preset time can be between 3-6 seconds.
如图21b所示,装置2110检测在商品属性GUI中移动焦点的第二输入(右移或下移指令)而将焦点定位在二级属性(2111),响应于对焦点所定位的二级属性输入的第三输入(2112),第三输入与第一输入的类型相同,可以对第二输入选择的二级属性进行标记,根据标记状态从至少两个一级属性中识别被选择的第一分类属性和第二分类属性。As shown in Figure 21b, the device 2110 detects a second input (right shift or down shift command) that moves the focus in the item attribute GUI to position the focus at the secondary attribute (2111), in response to the secondary attribute input of the focus point. a third input (2112), the third input being of the same type as the first input, the second attribute selected by the second input may be marked, and the selected first category is identified from the at least two first level attributes according to the status of the mark Attribute and second categorical attribute.
在商品属性GUI中显示用于指示与第一属性对应的二级属性被选择的第一提示状态,且在高于商品详情GUI的层级上显示用于指示第二属性未被选择的第二提示状态。Displaying, in the item attribute GUI, a first prompt state for indicating that the secondary attribute corresponding to the first attribute is selected, and displaying a second prompt for indicating that the second attribute is not selected at a level higher than the product detail GUI status.
示例一Example one
如图12f,装置检测在商品属性页300a中移动焦点至颜色属性(一级属性)的下移指令,定位焦点至“红色”(二级属性)推荐位,在“红色”推荐位中显示用于用户查看其被选择的白边框,在商品价格下列同时显示“已选红色”;响应于在“白色”推荐位上输入的OK指令使其被置于灰色状态,用于指示“白色”推荐位不可选择且表征内容管理系统中与白色属性相对应的商品数量小于预设阈值。As shown in Figure 12f, the device detects a move down command to move the focus to the color attribute (primary attribute) in the item attribute page 300a, positioning the focus to the "red" (secondary attribute) recommendation bit, which is displayed in the "red" recommendation bit for The user views the selected white border, and displays "selected red" at the same time as the item price; in response to the OK command entered on the "white" recommendation bit, it is grayed out to indicate the "white" recommendation position. The number of items corresponding to the white attribute in the content management system that are not selectable and characterization is less than a preset threshold.
如图12f,装置检测从“红色”推荐位下移焦点至与尺寸属性(一级属性)同行分布的“32寸”(二级属性)推荐位,“32寸”推荐位从无白边框切换到有白边框,并且“白色”推荐位上的白边框消失;响应于在“32寸”推荐位上输入的OK指令,显示“已选红色,32寸”。As shown in Figure 12f, the device detects the "32" (secondary attribute) recommendation bit from the "red" recommendation bit down to the size attribute (primary attribute), and the "32" recommendation bit switches from no white border. The white border disappears and the white border on the "white" recommendation bit disappears; in response to the OK command entered on the "32" recommended position, "Red, 32" is displayed.
检测焦点从“32寸”推荐位下移至与数量属性(一级属性)所对应的个数(二级分类属性)推荐位,响应于在个数推荐位上输入OK指令的次数,在其中显示与次数相等的个数值,并且该个数值同时显示在与数量属性呈双行分布的“去结算”推荐位上。The detection focus is moved from the "32" recommended position to the number corresponding to the quantity attribute (level attribute) (secondary attribute attribute), in response to the number of times the OK command is input on the number of recommended bits, A value equal to the number of times is displayed, and the value is simultaneously displayed on the "de-settlement" recommendation bit that is distributed in two rows with the quantity attribute.
检测焦点从个数推位切换到“去结算”推荐位的下移指令,焦点定位在其上,响应于对其输入的OK指令而,基于白边框和个数值识别一级属性中未被选择的第二分类属性和已被选择的第一分类属性,当颜色属性中任一二级分类属性均为被选择,且其他一级属性均存在被选择的二级属性时,颜色属性确定为一级属性中的第二分类属性,在商品详情页100a上层显示用于用户浏览颜色属性未选择的消息提示框,该消息提示框的层级高于商品详情页100a的层级,且与商品属性页300a的层级相同。The detection focus is switched from the number of pushes to the "de-settlement" recommendation bit, and the focus is positioned thereon. In response to the OK command input thereto, the first-level attribute is not selected based on the white border and the numerical value. The second classification attribute and the first classification attribute that has been selected. When any of the secondary classification attributes in the color attribute are selected, and the other primary attributes have the selected secondary attribute, the color attribute is determined as one The second category attribute in the level attribute displays a message prompt box for the user to browse the color attribute not selected on the item detail page 100a, the level of the message box is higher than the level of the product detail page 100a, and the item attribute page 300a The level is the same.
示例二Example two
如图13b和13c所示,覆盖在商品详情页100a上层的大图页600a包括当前图和在当前图上的页码推荐位630a,页面推荐位630a包括附加推荐区120a中缩略图的总页码(一级属性)和当前图所属顺序的分页码(二级属性);装置检测右移当前图的命令(第二输入)而将当前图切换为附加推荐区120a中缩略图所对应的尾页,分页码显示为9,以及在尾页上层显示消息提示框640a;响应于对尾页输入的第三输入,退回商品详情页100且在商品名称所对应的显示区域显示消息提示框,消息提示框到达预设时间即被隐藏;其中,第三输入与第二输入的类型相同,且与第一输入的类型不同,消息提示框的层级高于大图页600a,大图页600a的层级高于商品详情页100a。As shown in FIGS. 13b and 13c, the large page 600a overlaid on the top of the item details page 100a includes the current picture and the page number recommendation bit 630a on the current picture, and the page recommendation bit 630a includes the total page number of the thumbnail in the additional recommended area 120a ( a first-level attribute) and a page number (secondary attribute) of the order in which the current picture belongs; the device detects a command to shift the current picture to the right (second input) and switches the current picture to the last page corresponding to the thumbnail in the additional recommended area 120a. The page number is displayed as 9, and a message prompt box 640a is displayed on the upper page of the last page; in response to the third input input to the last page, the item detail page 100 is returned and a message prompt box is displayed in the display area corresponding to the item name, and the message prompt box is displayed. The preset time is hidden; wherein the third input is of the same type as the second input, and unlike the first input type, the message prompt frame is higher than the large page 600a, and the large page 600a is higher than the upper page 600a. Product details page 100a.
在一些实施例中,也可以响应于焦点从优选推荐区切换至附加推荐区的指令,将焦点定位在“商品介绍”主题下呈行向分布的多个缩略图中的首页,响应于在首页上的单击指令而显示第一用户界面600a(2101);装置2110检测在第一用户界面600a上选择左右切换当前缩略图的第一输入(2102);响应于第一输入(2103),识别当前缩略图所属缩略图总数中的分页数;当该分页数为首页时,在第一用户界面600a上层显示与首页相关联的第一消息提示框;当该分页数为尾页时,在第一用户界面600a上层显示与尾页相关联的第二消息提示框。In some embodiments, in response to an instruction to switch the focus from the preferred recommendation area to the additional recommended area, the focus may be located in the first page of the plurality of thumbnails distributed in the direction of the "product introduction" theme, in response to the home page. The first user interface 600a is displayed by clicking the upper command; the device 2110 detects that the first input of the current thumbnail is switched on the first user interface 600a (2102); in response to the first input (2103), the identification The number of pages in the total number of thumbnails of the current thumbnail; when the number of pages is the first page, the first message prompt box associated with the first page is displayed on the first user interface 600a; when the number of pages is the last page A second message prompt box associated with the last page is displayed on the upper layer of the first user interface 600a.
如图22所示,装置2200响应于对安装在显示设备中的应用程序输入的触发指令,显示第一用户界面(2210),在第一用户界面中显示基于接入网络从内容关联系统接收的虚拟商品信息和和用于用户查看与虚拟商品信息相关联内容的第一推荐位,该内容推荐位包括用于调取本地接口的功能控件(如:立即购买控件)或用于调用内容管理系统中远程接口的图形接口(如缩略图),即第二推荐位;响应于对第一推荐位输入的第一指令(2220),判断虚拟商品信息中的属性信息和本地设备中预先配置的预置参数是否匹配,在第一用户界面上层显示第二用户界面,第二用户界面包括前述第二推荐位和用于指示属性信息适配的提示信息,其中,预置参数可以是比对基于无线网络与手机通过公众号绑定的电视中的预置机型号或者预置在电视中用于限制应用安装包的包流量阈值。As shown in FIG. 22, the device 2200 displays a first user interface (2210) in response to a trigger command input to an application installed in the display device, and displays in the first user interface the received from the content association system based on the access network. Virtual merchandise information and a first recommendation bit for a user to view content associated with the virtual merchandise information, the content recommendation bit including a function control for retrieving a local interface (eg, an immediate purchase control) or for invoking a content management system a graphical interface (such as a thumbnail) of the medium-remote interface, that is, a second recommendation bit; in response to the first instruction (2220) inputting the first recommended bit, determining attribute information in the virtual item information and a pre-configured pre-preparation in the local device Whether the parameter is matched, the second user interface is displayed on the upper layer of the first user interface, and the second user interface includes the foregoing second recommendation bit and the prompt information for indicating the adaptation of the attribute information, wherein the preset parameter may be a wireless-based comparison The preset model of the TV in the TV and the mobile phone that is bound by the public number or preset in the TV to limit the packet traffic threshold of the application installation package.
装置检测并响应于对第二推荐位输入与第一指令类型相同的第二指令(2240),在高于第一用户界面层级的结构上显示第三用户界面,第三用户界面可以是基于第二用户界面隐藏后显示;响应于对第二用户界面输入与第一指令类型不同的第三指令(2250),隐藏第二用户界面后退回第一用户界面。The device detects and responds to the second instruction (2240) having the same type as the first instruction input to the second recommendation bit, and displays a third user interface on the structure higher than the first user interface level, and the third user interface may be based on the After the user interface is hidden, the second user interface is hidden and returned to the first user interface in response to inputting a third instruction (2250) different from the first instruction type to the second user interface.
示例一Example one
结合14e、14f和14h所示,手机基于用户输入第三方应用程序的触发指令,向虚拟商品管理服务器发送请求并接收反馈的虚拟商品信息在商品详情页500b(第一用户界面)中显示与虚拟商品信息中的主要信息(如商品名称、价格等)和附加推荐区520中可与虚拟商品适配的电视机型号,以及用于提供虚拟商品购买服务的立即购买控件。As shown in conjunction with 14e, 14f, and 14h, the mobile phone displays and virtualizes the virtual item information that is sent to the virtual item management server and receives the feedback based on the trigger instruction of the user inputting the third party application in the item detail page 500b (first user interface). The main information in the product information (such as the product name, price, etc.) and the TV model in the additional recommendation area 520 that can be adapted to the virtual item, and the immediate purchase control for providing the virtual item purchase service.
响应于对立即购买控件输入的第一指令(单击指令),判断是否存在与预置机型号相同的附加推荐区520b中的电视机型号;当存在与预置机型号相同的前述电视机型号时,在商品详情页500b上层显示弹窗,弹窗即为第二用户界面,弹窗包括用于用户确认虚拟商品购买服务的继续购买控件。In response to the first instruction (click command) input to the immediate purchase control, it is determined whether there is a television model in the additional recommended area 520b of the same model as the preset model; when there is the same as the preset model In the case of the TV model, a pop-up window is displayed on the upper side of the merchandise details page 500b, and the pop-up window is the second user interface, and the pop-up window includes a continuous purchase control for the user to confirm the virtual merchandise purchase service.
响应于对继续购买控件控件输入与第二指令的类型相同的第二指令,显示第三用户界面,该第三用户界面用于用户查看以虚拟商品信息生成的商品订单;第一用户界面接收并响应于在指纹识别器上识别的第三输入(如双击指令),隐藏弹窗,以退回商品详情页500b。Displaying a third user interface for the user to view the merchandise order generated by the virtual merchandise information in response to the second instruction of the same type of the second instruction being input to the purchase control control; the first user interface receives and In response to a third input (eg, a double tap command) identified on the fingerprint reader, the pop-up window is hidden to return to the merchandise details page 500b.
示例二Example two
结合18a、20c和18c所示,基于从电视厂商提供的内容管理系统中接收虚拟商品信息,包括第三方服务商提供的应用安装包的属性信息,可以在第一推荐位840a上显示属性信息中的包名;响应于对第一推荐位840a输入的第一指令(如OK按键),判断属性信息中的包流量值与包流量阈值之间的大小关系;当包流量值大于或等于包流量阈值时,在第一推荐位840a上层覆盖第二用户界面,第二用户界面包括静默安装控件,即为第二推荐位。As shown in conjunction with 18a, 20c, and 18c, based on receiving the virtual item information from the content management system provided by the television manufacturer, including the attribute information of the application installation package provided by the third party service provider, the attribute information may be displayed on the first recommendation bit 840a. The package name; in response to the first instruction input to the first recommendation bit 840a (such as an OK button), determining the size relationship between the packet flow value in the attribute information and the packet flow threshold; when the packet flow value is greater than or equal to the packet flow rate At the threshold, the second user interface is overlaid on the first recommendation bit 840a, and the second user interface includes a silent installation control, that is, a second recommendation bit.
响应于在静默安装控件上输入的第二指令(如OK按键),隐藏第二用户界面后在第一用户界面上层显示第三用户界面,第三用户界面包括用于用户浏览静默安装进度的进度条;响应于对第一推荐位840a输入的第三指令,如:与遥控器上返回按键相匹配的指令,删除第二用户界面且退回第一用户界面中焦点定位在第一推荐位840a的状态。In response to the second instruction (such as an OK button) input on the silent installation control, the third user interface is displayed on the upper layer of the first user interface after hiding the second user interface, and the third user interface includes a progress for the user to browse the progress of the silent installation. And deleting the second user interface and returning the focus in the first user interface to the first recommendation bit 840a in response to the third instruction input to the first recommendation bit 840a, such as an instruction matching the return button on the remote controller status.
在一些实施例中,第二用户界面还可以包括第二推荐位(如:取消控件或我再看看控件),装置2200接收并响应于对第二推荐位输入与第一指令相同的第四指令,隐藏第二用户界面且显示第一用户界面,结合如图18a和18b及其对应部分的描述,本领域技术人员应当可以理解,此处不再赘述。In some embodiments, the second user interface may further include a second recommendation bit (eg, cancel the control or I look at the control again), and the device 2200 receives and responds to the fourth fourth instruction input with the same fourth instruction The instructions, the second user interface are hidden and the first user interface is displayed, as will be understood by those skilled in the art in conjunction with the descriptions of FIGS. 18a and 18b and their corresponding portions, and details are not described herein.
在一些实施例中,装置2300接收并响应于与第一用户界面相关联的输入(2310),判断从内容管理系统接收的虚拟商品信息与本地存储的属性信息是否匹配;响应于在第 一用户界面中选择内容的输入而显示第二用户界面,第二用户界面包括两个选项栏,选项栏包括与属性信息匹配的虚拟商品信息;接收并响应于选择选项栏的输入,在选项栏中显示用于指示其被选中的标记状态。In some embodiments, the device 2300 receives and responds to an input associated with the first user interface (2310), determining whether the virtual item information received from the content management system matches the locally stored attribute information; in response to the first user Displaying a second user interface by selecting input of content in the interface, the second user interface includes two option fields, the option bar includes virtual item information matching the attribute information; receiving and responding to input of the selection option bar, displaying in the option bar Used to indicate the status of the tag it is selected for.
示例一Example one
结合图12d、12e-1及12e-2所示,接收并响应于对优惠券控件115a输入的指令,判断从内容管理系统接收的优惠券个数是否与预置阈值1之间的大小关系;在商品详情页100a上层显示另一用户界面100a,用户界面100a包括至少两个优惠券;基于用于选择优惠券的输入,在优惠券上添加用于指示其被选择的标记状态,用于指示该标记状态的勾号符可以显示在优惠券的边角位置或者中部位置。Referring to FIGS. 12d, 12e-1, and 12e-2, receiving and responding to an instruction input to the coupon control 115a, determining whether a number of coupons received from the content management system is a size relationship with a preset threshold 1; Another user interface 100a is displayed on the merchandise details page 100a, the user interface 100a includes at least two coupons; based on the input for selecting the coupon, a mark status for indicating that it is selected is added to the coupon for indicating The check mark of the mark status can be displayed at the corner position or the middle position of the coupon.
当优惠券个数等于1时,响应于在优惠券控件上输入的指令,在商品详情页100a中显示用于用户浏览优惠券被领取的提示信息。When the number of coupons is equal to 1, in response to the instruction input on the coupon control, the prompt information for the user to browse the coupon is displayed in the merchandise details page 100a.
示例二Example two
结合图17a和图17b所示,商品详情页900b包括在功能区域910b中用于指示手机和电视互联的机型号,该机型号是手机基于接入网络从电视接收得到;接收并响应于对购物类应用程序输入进入商品详情页900b的指令,从多个机型号中识别当前机型号931b及与当前机型号931b匹配的商品内容,并分别显示在功能区域910b和内容显示区920b中;接收并响应于在功能区域910b内输入的指令,从商品详情页900b切换至机型号分页930b,机型号分页930包括多个选项栏,各个选项栏分别显示从内容管理系统接收的机型号,并且在用于用户查看与手机互联的电视的当前机型号931b所属选型栏中显示标记状态,该标记状态以勾号符和绑定机型示出。17a and 17b, the merchandise details page 900b includes a model number for indicating the connection between the mobile phone and the television in the function area 910b, the model of the mobile phone being received from the television based on the access network; receiving and responding to Entering the entry into the product details page 900b for the shopping application, identifying the current model 931b and the product content matching the current model 931b from the plurality of models, and displaying them in the function area 910b and the content display area, respectively. Receiving and responding to the instruction input in the function area 910b, switching from the product details page 900b to the model number page 930b, the machine model page 930 includes a plurality of option fields, each of which displays a reception from the content management system The machine model is displayed, and the flag status is displayed in the selection bar of the current model 931b for the user to view the TV connected to the mobile phone, and the flag status is shown by a tick symbol and a binding model.
响应于选择与当前机型号931b所属选项栏不同的其他选项栏的输入,将标记状态切换至其他选项栏中,其他选项栏如“K680”所属选项栏932b,相应地,在商品详情页900b中将当前机型号931b切换为K680。In response to selecting an input of another option bar different from the option bar to which the current model 931b belongs, the flag state is switched to the other option bar, and other option fields such as "K680" belong to the option bar 932b, and correspondingly, on the product details page 900b. The middle machine switches the current model 931b to K680.
在一些实施例中,在移动终端中的装置响应于计进入第一网页所输入的指令,识别基于接入网络向商品管理服务器请求得到的第一网络内容和经与移动终端已绑定的其他显示设备(如:电视)传输得到的第一机型号,在第一网页上显示第一网络内容中的虚拟商品信息及与虚拟商品信息相适配的第二机型号。In some embodiments, the device in the mobile terminal identifies the first network content requested by the access network to the merchandise management server and the other bound to the mobile terminal in response to an instruction entered into the first web page. The first model of the display device (eg, a television) is transmitted, and the virtual product information in the first network content and the second model model adapted to the virtual product information are displayed on the first webpage.
响应于在第一机型号所属第一选项栏上输入的第一触控指令,从第一网页切换至第二网页,在第二网页上显示多个第二选项栏,各个选项栏包括不同的第二机型号;响应 于在目标选项栏上输入的第二触控指令,将当前选线栏上显示的状态内容切换至目标选项栏,状态内容用于指示选项栏中的第二机型号已绑定移动终端;响应于在第二网页上输入的第三触控指令,从第二网页切换至第一网页且刷新第一网页,在第一网页上将第一选项栏中的当前机型号切换至目标选项栏中的目标机型号,以及显示与目标机型号匹配的虚拟商品信息更新与当前机型号匹配的虚拟商品信息,为便于搜索商品信息,提高用户体验。Responding to switching from the first webpage to the second webpage in response to the first touch command input on the first option bar to which the first model belongs, and displaying a plurality of second option fields on the second webpage, each option bar includes different a second model; in response to the second touch command input on the target option bar, switching the status content displayed on the current selection bar to the target option bar, the status content is used to indicate the second machine in the option bar The model has been bound to the mobile terminal; in response to the third touch command input on the second webpage, switching from the second webpage to the first webpage and refreshing the first webpage, on the first webpage, the first option bar The current model is switched to the target model in the target option bar, and the virtual product information matching the target model is updated to match the virtual product information of the current model, in order to facilitate searching for product information and improving the user experience.
其中,响应于第二触控指令,移动终端可以向商品管理系统发送请求,商品管理系统响应于请求,基于虚拟商品信息和目标机型号之间的绑定关系查询目标虚拟商品信息,即与目标机型号适配的虚拟商品信息,移动终端接收目标虚拟商品信息,其中,绑定关系包括购物类应用程序在移动终端上的用户帐号和在其他显示设备上的用户帐号,以及被配置在其他显示设备中的第二机型号,该绑定关系通过移动终端扫描其他显示设备上的二维码所建立,可以由移动终端上传到商品管理服务器,为提高网页加载内容效率。The mobile terminal may send a request to the commodity management system in response to the second touch instruction, and the commodity management system queries the target virtual commodity information based on the binding relationship between the virtual commodity information and the target model in response to the request, that is, The virtual commodity information adapted by the target model, the mobile terminal receives the target virtual commodity information, wherein the binding relationship includes a user account of the shopping application on the mobile terminal and a user account on the other display device, and is configured in the The second model of the other display device is established by the mobile terminal scanning the two-dimensional code on the other display device, and can be uploaded by the mobile terminal to the product management server, so as to improve the efficiency of loading the content on the webpage.
或者,在移动终端中存储绑定关系;响应于第一触控指令,基于绑定关系查询第二机型号;响应于第二触控指令,识别进入第一网页时请求得到第一网络内容中的目标虚拟商品信息,以过滤出该目标虚拟商品信息,即使接入网络断开也可以搜索在本地搜索虚拟商品信息,提高用户体验。Or storing a binding relationship in the mobile terminal; in response to the first touch instruction, querying the second model based on the binding relationship; and responding to the second touch instruction, identifying that the first web content is requested when entering the first webpage The target virtual item information in the filter to filter out the target virtual item information, and even if the access network is disconnected, the user can search for the virtual item information locally to improve the user experience.
本申请的示范性系统和方法已通过与娱乐系统的关系加以说明。但是,为避免对本申请有任何不必要的歧义,前述说明省略了一些已知结构和设备。这种省略不应被理解为对权利要求范围的限制。为促进对本申请的理解,特此提供了具体的细节。但是,应该理解,本申请可以超越本申请详述的具体细节以多种方式实施。The exemplary systems and methods of the present application have been described in relation to an entertainment system. However, to avoid any unnecessary ambiguity with respect to the present application, the foregoing description omits some known structures and devices. Such omissions are not to be construed as limiting the scope of the claims. To facilitate an understanding of the present application, specific details are provided herein. It should be understood, however, that the present application may be embodied in a variety
而且,虽然本申请所说明的示范性方面、实例和/或配置显示了系统的各种组件是布置在一起的,但是某些系统组件可以位于分布式网络(如LAN和/或互联网)的远端,或位于专用系统中。因此,应该理解,系统的组件可以组合成一个或多个设备,如机顶盒或电视机,或在分布式网络(如模拟和/或数字电信网络、分组交换网络或电路交换网络)的特定节点上并列的其他设备。根据上述说明以及出于计算效率的原因,系统组件可以位于分布式组件网络内的任何位置而不影响系统的操作。例如,不同的组件可以位于交换机(如PBX和媒体服务器、网关)、一个或多个通信设备、一处或多处用户场址或上述某些组合中。类似地,系统的一个或多个功能部分可以分布在电信设备和关联的计算设备之间。Moreover, although the exemplary aspects, examples, and/or configurations described herein show that various components of the system are arranged together, certain system components can be located remotely from a distributed network such as a LAN and/or the Internet. End, or in a dedicated system. Therefore, it should be understood that components of the system can be combined into one or more devices, such as a set top box or television, or on a particular node of a distributed network, such as an analog and/or digital telecommunications network, a packet switched network, or a circuit switched network. Parallel other devices. In accordance with the above description and for reasons of computational efficiency, system components can be located anywhere within the distributed component network without affecting the operation of the system. For example, different components may be located in switches (such as PBXs and media servers, gateways), one or more communication devices, one or more user sites, or some combination of the above. Similarly, one or more functional portions of the system can be distributed between the telecommunication device and the associated computing device.
而且,应理解这些元件之间的各种连接可以是有线或无线连接,或其任意组合,或任何其他已知或后来开发的能够与连接的元件实现数据提供和/或数据通信的元件。这些有线或无线连接还可以是安全连接,能够传输加密信息。用作连接的传输媒体,例如,可以是任何恰当的电子信号载体,包括同轴电缆、铜线和光纤,可以是声波或光波,如无线电波和红外线数据传输期间生成的声波或光波。Moreover, it is to be understood that the various connections between these elements can be wired or wireless, or any combination thereof, or any other known or later developed element capable of data providing and/or data communication with the connected elements. These wired or wireless connections can also be secure connections that can transmit encrypted information. The transmission medium used as the connection, for example, may be any suitable electronic signal carrier, including coaxial cables, copper wires, and optical fibers, and may be acoustic waves or light waves, such as sound waves or light waves generated during radio wave and infrared data transmission.
此外,尽管已按特定的事件次序讨论和说明了一些流程图,但应理解,这种次序可以变更、增加和省略,而不会对已披露的实例、配置和各方面的操作产生实质性影响。In addition, although some flowcharts have been discussed and illustrated in a particular sequence of events, it should be understood that such order may be changed, added, and omitted without materially affecting the disclosed examples, configurations, and aspects of operation. .
可以采用本申请的一系列更改变动和修改。有可能只提供本申请的某些特点,而不提供其余特点。A series of changes and modifications to this application may be employed. It is possible to provide only certain features of this application without providing the remaining features.

Claims (15)

  1. 一种显示设备的展示方法,所述方法包括:A display method of a display device, the method comprising:
    在所述显示设备的用户界面上展示所述显示设备访问获取的与应用安装包的大小相关联的关联信息,所述关联信息以第一图形化元素在所述用户界面上呈现,所述用户界面还包括与所述第一图形化元素有关的能够被选择的第二图形化元素和第三图形化元素,所述第二图形化元素和所述第三图形化元素指示所述第一图形化元素的不同选项;Displaying, on a user interface of the display device, the associated information associated with the size of the application installation package obtained by the display device access, the associated information being presented on the user interface with a first graphical element, the user The interface also includes a second graphical element and a third graphical element that are selectable in relation to the first graphical element, the second graphical element and the third graphical element indicating the first graphic Different options for elements;
    监测对所述第二图形化元素和所述第三图形化元素的操作;Monitoring operation of the second graphical element and the third graphical element;
    响应于对所述第二图形化元素的选择,更新所述用户界面为展示界面,所述展示界面包括所述应用安装包对应的应用的安装进度,其中,所述应用的安装为静默安装;Responding to the selection of the second graphical element, updating the user interface as a display interface, where the display interface includes an installation progress of an application corresponding to the application installation package, where the installation of the application is a silent installation;
    响应于对所述第三图形化元素的选择,在所述用户界面中停止展示所述第一图形化元素。In response to the selection of the third graphical element, the displaying of the first graphical element is stopped in the user interface.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 1 further comprising:
    确定所述应用安装包的大小是否与所述显示设备中的预置参数匹配,Determining whether the size of the application installation package matches a preset parameter in the display device,
    响应于所述应用安装包的大小与所述预置参数匹配,在所述用户界面推出所述第二图形化元素和所述第三图形化元素。The second graphical element and the third graphical element are pushed out at the user interface in response to the size of the application installation package matching the preset parameter.
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,所述监测对所述第二图形化元素和所述第三图形化元素的操作包括:The method of claim 1, the monitoring operations on the second graphical element and the third graphical element comprising:
    监测焦点在所述用户界面的各个图形化元素上的移动。The movement of the focus on the various graphical elements of the user interface is monitored.
  4. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,所述安装进度以可视化的指示在所述用户界面上展示。The method of claim 1 wherein the installation progress is displayed on the user interface with a visual indication.
  5. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 1 further comprising:
    在所述显示设备的用户界面展示多个图形化元素,所述多个图形化元素指示多个推荐的应用。A plurality of graphical elements are displayed at a user interface of the display device, the plurality of graphical elements indicating a plurality of recommended applications.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 5, the method further comprising:
    响应于对所述多个推荐的应用中的一个应用的选择,访问网络获取所述一个应用对应的应用安装包的概述信息,其中,所述概述信息包括与所述应用安装包大小相关联的关联信息。And in response to the selecting of one of the plurality of recommended applications, the access network acquires overview information of the application installation package corresponding to the one application, wherein the overview information includes a size associated with the application installation package size Associated information.
  7. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 4, further comprising:
    在所述展示界面上展示预先设置的动态图像。A preset dynamic image is displayed on the display interface.
  8. 一种显示设备,包括:A display device comprising:
    显示屏,配置为展示用户界面;a display configured to display a user interface;
    存储器,配置为存储计算机指令和与所述显示屏关联的数据;a memory configured to store computer instructions and data associated with the display screen;
    处理器,配置为执行所述计算机指令以使所述显示设备执行:a processor configured to execute the computer instructions to cause the display device to perform:
    在所述显示设备的用户界面上展示所述显示设备访问获取的与应用安装包的大小相关联的关联信息,所述关联信息以第一图形化元素在所述用户界面上呈现,所述用户界面还包括与所述第一图形化元素有关的能够被选择的第二图形化元素和第三图形化元素,所述第二图形化元素和所述第三图形化元素指示所述第一图形化元素的不同选项;Displaying, on a user interface of the display device, the associated information associated with the size of the application installation package obtained by the display device access, the associated information being presented on the user interface with a first graphical element, the user The interface also includes a second graphical element and a third graphical element that are selectable in relation to the first graphical element, the second graphical element and the third graphical element indicating the first graphic Different options for elements;
    监测对所述第二图形化元素和所述第三图形化元素的操作;Monitoring operation of the second graphical element and the third graphical element;
    响应于对所述第二图形化元素的选择,更新所述用户界面为展示界面,所述展示界面包括所述应用安装包对应的应用的安装进度,其中,所述应用的安装为静默安装;Responding to the selection of the second graphical element, updating the user interface as a display interface, where the display interface includes an installation progress of an application corresponding to the application installation package, where the installation of the application is a silent installation;
    响应于对所述第三图形化元素的选择,在所述用户界面中停止展示所述第一图形化元素。In response to the selection of the third graphical element, the displaying of the first graphical element is stopped in the user interface.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的显示设备,所述处理器还配置为执行所述计算机指令以使所述显示设备执行:The display device of claim 8, the processor further configured to execute the computer instructions to cause the display device to perform:
    确定所述应用安装包的大小是否与所述显示设备中的预置参数匹配,Determining whether the size of the application installation package matches a preset parameter in the display device,
    响应于所述应用安装包的大小与所述预置参数匹配,在所述用户界面推出所述第二图形化元素和所述第三图形化元素。The second graphical element and the third graphical element are pushed out at the user interface in response to the size of the application installation package matching the preset parameter.
  10. 根据权利要求8所述的显示设备,所述处理器监测对所述第二图形化元素和所述第三图形化元素的操作是通过下述方式执行:The display device of claim 8, wherein the processor monitoring the operations of the second graphical element and the third graphical element is performed by:
    监测焦点在所述用户界面的各个图形化元素上的移动。The movement of the focus on the various graphical elements of the user interface is monitored.
  11. 根据权利要求8所述的显示设备,所述处理器还配置为执行所述计算机指令以使所述显示设备执行:The display device of claim 8, the processor further configured to execute the computer instructions to cause the display device to perform:
    将所述安装进度以可视化的指示在所述用户界面上展示。The installation progress is displayed on the user interface with a visual indication.
  12. 根据权利要求8所述的显示设备,所述处理器还配置为执行所述计算机指令以使所述显示设备执行:The display device of claim 8, the processor further configured to execute the computer instructions to cause the display device to perform:
    在所述显示设备的用户界面展示多个图形化元素,所述多个图形化元素指示多个推荐的应用。A plurality of graphical elements are displayed at a user interface of the display device, the plurality of graphical elements indicating a plurality of recommended applications.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的显示设备,所述处理器还配置为执行所述计算机指令以使所述显示设备执行:The display device of claim 12, the processor further configured to execute the computer instructions to cause the display device to perform:
    响应于对所述多个推荐的应用中的一个应用的选择,访问网络获取所述一个应用对应的应用安装包的概述信息,其中,所述概述信息包括与所述应用安装包大小相关联的关联信息。And in response to the selecting of one of the plurality of recommended applications, the access network acquires overview information of the application installation package corresponding to the one application, wherein the overview information includes a size associated with the application installation package size Associated information.
  14. 根据权利要求11所述的显示设备,所述处理器还配置为执行所述计算机指令以使所述显示设备执行:The display device of claim 11, the processor further configured to execute the computer instructions to cause the display device to perform:
    在所述展示界面上展示预先设置的动态图像。A preset dynamic image is displayed on the display interface.
  15. 一种机器可读的非易失性存储介质,其上存储有计算机指令,所述计算机指令被处理器执行时实现权利要求1至7中任一项所述的方法。A machine-readable non-volatile storage medium having stored thereon computer instructions that, when executed by a processor, implement the method of any one of claims 1-7.
PCT/CN2019/078371 2018-03-15 2019-03-15 Display device WO2019174641A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201810212881.1 2018-03-15
CN201810212881.1A CN108600817B (en) 2018-03-15 2018-03-15 Smart television and method for facilitating browsing of application installation progress in display device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2019174641A1 true WO2019174641A1 (en) 2019-09-19

Family

ID=63626323

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2019/078371 WO2019174641A1 (en) 2018-03-15 2019-03-15 Display device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN108600817B (en)
WO (1) WO2019174641A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI764416B (en) * 2019-12-24 2022-05-11 仁寶電腦工業股份有限公司 Operating state detection system and method thereof

Families Citing this family (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108600817B (en) * 2018-03-15 2021-03-16 聚好看科技股份有限公司 Smart television and method for facilitating browsing of application installation progress in display device
US10764640B2 (en) * 2018-11-23 2020-09-01 Sony Corporation Receiver device including native broadcaster application
CN110704146A (en) * 2019-08-30 2020-01-17 华为技术有限公司 Focus management method applied to electronic equipment and electronic equipment
CN110557664A (en) * 2019-09-27 2019-12-10 四川长虹电器股份有限公司 Information interaction method and system based on intelligent television EPG
CN113010224B (en) * 2021-03-03 2024-01-30 南方电网数字平台科技(广东)有限公司 Front-end micro-servitization method, front-end micro-servitization device, computer equipment and storage medium
CN114356467A (en) * 2021-11-18 2022-04-15 北京鸿合爱学教育科技有限公司 Prompt box display method and device, electronic equipment and storage medium

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101815124A (en) * 2010-03-12 2010-08-25 华为终端有限公司 Webpage browsing method, mobile terminal and network equipment
JP2012257334A (en) * 2008-11-12 2012-12-27 United Video Properties Inc System and method for detecting inconsistent user action and providing feedback
CN107277113A (en) * 2017-05-25 2017-10-20 努比亚技术有限公司 A kind of method and apparatus for realizing file download processing
CN108600848A (en) * 2018-03-15 2018-09-28 聚好看科技股份有限公司 Smart television and the method for showing content on a user interface
CN108600817A (en) * 2018-03-15 2018-09-28 聚好看科技股份有限公司 Smart television and convenient in browse displays equipment apply installation progress method

Family Cites Families (14)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101256500A (en) * 2008-03-28 2008-09-03 腾讯科技(深圳)有限公司 Method, system, client and server for installing software
US20120209413A1 (en) * 2011-02-14 2012-08-16 Microsoft Corporation Background Audio on Mobile Devices
CN103593210B (en) * 2013-10-09 2017-06-06 北京奇虎科技有限公司 Progress display methods and equipment
EP3087724B1 (en) * 2013-12-23 2019-02-20 Orange Server, electronic device, computer programs and methods to push toll-free applications to a user device
US9501271B2 (en) * 2014-10-09 2016-11-22 Facebook, Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for presenting and installing applications
US20160188130A1 (en) * 2014-12-29 2016-06-30 Quixey, Inc. Automatic Conditional Application Downloading
US9880735B2 (en) * 2015-08-10 2018-01-30 Apple Inc. Devices, methods, and graphical user interfaces for manipulating user interface objects with visual and/or haptic feedback
CN106557669A (en) * 2015-09-30 2017-04-05 北京奇虎科技有限公司 A kind of authority control method and device of application program installation process
CN105893081A (en) * 2016-03-28 2016-08-24 努比亚技术有限公司 Application software installation device and method
CN106649049A (en) * 2016-05-09 2017-05-10 海尔优家智能科技(北京)有限公司 Data downloading progress display method and device
CN107566913A (en) * 2016-06-30 2018-01-09 中兴通讯股份有限公司 A kind of interface display method of IPTV, device and set top box
CN107092505A (en) * 2017-03-31 2017-08-25 努比亚技术有限公司 The erecting device and method of a kind of application program, storage medium, terminal
CN106970868A (en) * 2017-04-10 2017-07-21 广东欧珀移动通信有限公司 Method for information display, device and terminal
CN107729079A (en) * 2017-10-08 2018-02-23 深圳市星策网络科技有限公司 The control method and server of a kind of application program

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2012257334A (en) * 2008-11-12 2012-12-27 United Video Properties Inc System and method for detecting inconsistent user action and providing feedback
CN101815124A (en) * 2010-03-12 2010-08-25 华为终端有限公司 Webpage browsing method, mobile terminal and network equipment
CN107277113A (en) * 2017-05-25 2017-10-20 努比亚技术有限公司 A kind of method and apparatus for realizing file download processing
CN108600848A (en) * 2018-03-15 2018-09-28 聚好看科技股份有限公司 Smart television and the method for showing content on a user interface
CN108600817A (en) * 2018-03-15 2018-09-28 聚好看科技股份有限公司 Smart television and convenient in browse displays equipment apply installation progress method

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI764416B (en) * 2019-12-24 2022-05-11 仁寶電腦工業股份有限公司 Operating state detection system and method thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN108600817B (en) 2021-03-16
CN108600817A (en) 2018-09-28

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN108055589B (en) Intelligent television
CN108289236B (en) Smart television and display method of graphical user interface of television picture screenshot
WO2019174641A1 (en) Display device
CN108055590B (en) Method for displaying graphic user interface of television picture screenshot
CN108111898B (en) Display method of graphical user interface of television picture screenshot and smart television
CN108429927B (en) Smart television and method for searching virtual commodity information in user interface
US20140351059A1 (en) Interactive advertising
CN103748585A (en) Intelligent Television
JP2016522913A (en) System and method for automatically configuring user equipment devices with content consuming materials
CN103748531A (en) Play control of content on a display device
CN108600848A (en) Smart television and the method for showing content on a user interface
JP2012521585A (en) Device-based control system
CN108600846A (en) Mobile terminal and the method for facilitating the search for virtual goods information
US11115261B2 (en) System and method of sharing content by using plurality of storages
CN103748586A (en) Intelligent television
CN103748542A (en) On-screen setting interaction for interactive television
CN110337024A (en) The information processing method of Resource Exchange is realized on smart television and user interface
CN108600847A (en) Smart television and the method for showing content on a user interface
KR20120122896A (en) Collaborative decision-making for deriving micro-recommendations for offsite users and device thereof

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19767733

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

32PN Ep: public notification in the ep bulletin as address of the adressee cannot be established

Free format text: NOTING OF LOSS OF RIGHTS PURSUANT TO RULE 112(1) EPC (EPO FORM 1205A DATED 21/12/2020)

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19767733

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1